Python Function Reference
Python Function Reference
PowerFactory 2018
I N T EG R AT E D P O W E R S Y S T EM A N A LY S I S S O F T WA R E F O R
T R A N S M I S S I O N / D I S T R I BU T I O N / I N D U S T RY / G EN E R AT I O N / I N T EG R AT I O N O F R EN E WA B L E S
Publisher:
DIgSILENT GmbH
Heinrich-Hertz-Straße 9
72810 Gomaringen / Germany
Tel.: +49 (0) 7072-9168-0
Fax: +49 (0) 7072-9168-88
info@[Link]
December 9, 2017
PowerFactory 2018
Revision 1
Contents
Contents
1 General Description 1
2 PowerFactory Module 2
3 Application Methods 4
3.1 File System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.2 Date/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3 Dialogue Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.4 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.6 Output Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4 Output Window 42
5 Object Methods 44
5.1 General Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5.2 Network Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.2.1 ElmArea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.2.2 ElmAsm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5.2.3 ElmAsmsc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.2.4 ElmBbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.2.5 ElmBmu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.2.6 ElmBoundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.2.7 ElmBranch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.2.8 ElmCabsys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.2.9 ElmComp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.2.10 ElmCoup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.2.11 ElmDsl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.2.12 ElmFeeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.2.13 ElmFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
5.2.14 ElmFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
5.2.15 ElmGenstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.2.16 ElmGndswt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.2.17 ElmLne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.2.18 ElmLnesec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.2.19 ElmNec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.2.20 ElmNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.2.21 ElmPvsys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
5.2.22 ElmRelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.2.23 ElmRes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.2.24 ElmShnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.2.25 ElmStactrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.2.26 ElmSubstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.2.27 ElmSvs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.2.28 ElmSym . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.2.29 ElmTerm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.2.30 ElmTr2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.2.31 ElmTr3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.2.32 ElmTr4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
5.2.33 ElmTrfstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
5.2.34 ElmVoltreg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
5.2.35 ElmXnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.2.36 ElmZone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5.3 Station Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.3.1 StaCt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.3.2 StaCubic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.3.3 StaExtbrkmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.3.4 StaExtcmdmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
5.3.5 StaExtdatmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
5.3.6 StaExtfmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5.3.7 StaExtfuelmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
5.3.8 StaExtimea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
5.3.9 StaExtpfmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
5.3.10 StaExtpmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
5.3.11 StaExtqmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
5.3.12 StaExtsmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5.3.13 StaExttapmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
5.3.14 StaExtv3mea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
5.3.15 StaExtvmea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
5.3.16 StaSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
5.4 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
5.4.1 ComAddlabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Index 425
1 General Description
This reference manual describes the syntax of all available functions and methods provided
by the PowerFactory module. The used Python interface version is 2 (new in PowerFactory
2016). For syntax of the Python interface version 1 (PowerFactory 15.x) please use the DPL
reference with the extended return values.
Please refer to the PowerFactory User Manual for general information about Python as script-
ing language and its usage.
2 PowerFactory Module
Overview
GetApplication
GetApplicationExt
GetApplicationSecured
GetApplicationSecuredExt
GetApplication
Creates a PowerFactory application object and returns it. When the Python script is started
from external PowerFactory will be started.
Application [Link]([str username = None,]
[str password = None,]
[str commandLineArguments = None])
A RGUMENTS
username (optional)
Name of the user to log in to PowerFactory (default None). None enforces the
default behaviour as if PowerFactory was started via shortcut.
password (optional)
The password for the user which should be logged in (default None). None omits
the password.
commandLineArguments (optional)
Additional command line options (default None). These need to be specified in
the same way as if PowerFactory was started via a command shell. None omits
the command line arguments.
R ETURNS
Application object on success, otherwise None.
S EE ALSO
GetApplicationExt
Same as [Link]() but throwing an exception with a detailed error code
when PowerFactory was not able to start.
Furthermore if PowerFactory exits due to an error, [Link] can be caught in an
Python script for doing clean-up.
When PowerFactory was started by a Python script from external and the application object
is deleted then PowerFactory is terminated but the current process keeps running. In this
situation it is not possible to start PowerFactory again in the same process.
Application [Link]([str username = None,]
[str password = None,]
[str commandLineArguments = None])
R ETURNS
Application object on success. In the error case an exception with a detailed error code is
thrown.
E XAMPLE
The following example starts PowerFactory from external and handles initialisation errors:
import sys;
[Link](r"C:\Program Files\DIgSILENT\PowerFactory 2017\python\3.6")
import powerfactory
try:
app = [Link]()
# ... some calculations ...
except [Link] as error:
print(error)
print('[Link] = %d' % [Link])
S EE ALSO
GetApplicationSecured
Same as [Link]() but using the password hash (see user edit dialog)
instead of the password itself.
Application [Link]([str username = None,]
[str passwordHash = None,]
[str commandLineArguments = None])
S EE ALSO
GetApplicationSecuredExt
Same as [Link]() but using the password hash (see user edit dialog)
instead of the password itself.
Application [Link]([str username = None,]
[str passwordHash = None,]
[str commandLineArguments = None])
S EE ALSO
3 Application Methods
Overview
ActivateProject
CommitTransaction
CreateFaultCase
CreateProject
ExecuteCmd
GetActiveCalculationStr
GetActiveNetworkVariations
GetActiveProject
GetActiveScenario
GetActiveScenarioScheduler
GetActiveStages
GetActiveStudyCase
GetAllUsers
GetBorderCubicles
GetBrowserSelection
GetCalcRelevantObjects
GetClassDescription
GetClassId
GetCurrentDiagram
GetCurrentScript
GetCurrentSelection
GetCurrentUser
GetCurrentZoomScaleLevel
GetDataFolder
GetDiagramSelection
GetFlowOrientation
GetFromStudyCase
GetGlobalLibrary
GetGraphicsBoard
GetInterfaceVersion
GetLanguage
GetLocalLibrary
GetProjectFolder
GetRecordingStage
GetSettings
GetSummaryGrid
GetUserManager
Hide
IsAttributeModeInternal
IsLdfValid
IsRmsValid
IsScenarioAttribute
IsShcValid
IsSimValid
IsWriteCacheEnabled
LoadProfile
MarkInGraphics
OutputFlexibleData
PostCommand
Rebuild
ReloadProfile
ResetCalculation
ResGetData
ResGetDescription
ResGetFirstValidObject
ResGetFirstValidObjectVariable
ResGetFirstValidVariable
ResGetIndex
ResGetMax
ResGetMin
ResGetNextValidObject
ResGetNextValidObjectVariable
ResGetNextValidVariable
ResGetObject
ResGetUnit
ResGetValueCount
ResGetVariable
ResGetVariableCount
ResLoadData
ResReleaseData
ResSortToVariable
SaveAsScenario
SearchObjectByForeignKey
SelectToolbox
SetAttributeModeInternal
SetInterfaceVersion
SetShowAllUsers
SetWriteCacheEnabled
Show
SplitLine
StatFileGetXrange
StatFileResetXrange
StatFileSetXrange
WriteChangesToDb
ActivateProject
Activates a project with its name.
int [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name (”Project”), full qualified name (”[Link]”) or full qualified path (”\User\[Link]”)
of a project.
R ETURNS
0 on success and 1 if project can not be found or activated.
CommitTransaction
Writes pending changes to database.
While a script is running none of the changes are written to the database unless the script
terminates. PowerFactory can be forced to write all pending changes to the database using
this function.
None [Link]()
CreateFaultCase
Create fault cases from the given elements.
int [Link](set elms,
int mode,
[int createEvt],
[object folder]
)
A RGUMENTS
elms Selected elements to create fault cases.
mode How the fault cases are created:
0 Single fault case containing all elements.
1 n-1 (multiple cases).
2 n-2 (multiple cases).
3 Collecting coupling elemnts and create fault cases for line couplings.
createEvt (optional)
Switch event:
0 Do NOT create switch events.
1 Create switch events.
folder (optional)
Folder in which the fault case is stored.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
CreateProject
Creates a new Project inside the parent object. The default project stored in the Configura-
tion/Default folder will be copied and if it contains any Study Cases the first will be used instead
of creating a new one. A new grid will always be created. Returns the newly created project.
DataObject [Link](str projectName,
str gridName,
[DataObject parent])
A RGUMENTS
projectName
Name of the new project. Leave empty to open up the IntPrj dialog and let the
user enter a name.
gridName
Name of the grid that‘s created for the new project. Leave empty to open up the
ElmNet dialog and let the user enter a name.
parent The parent for the new project. Can be omitted to use the currently logged on user
as default.
ExecuteCmd
Executes given command string as it would be executed if typed directly into the Input Window.
Current script will continue after the command has been executed.
This function is mainly intended for testing purpose and should be used by experienced users
only.
int [Link](str command)
A RGUMENTS
command
The command string
GetActiveCalculationStr
Gets “calculation string” of currently valid calculation.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
None basic
Load Flow ldf
AC Load Flow Sensitivities acsens
AC Contingency Analysis accont
DC Load Flow dcldf
DC Load Flow Sensitivities dcsens
DC Contingenciy Analysis dccont
VDE/IEC Short-Circuit shc
Complete Short-Circuit shcfull
ANSI Short-Circuit shcansi
IEC 61363 shc61363
RMS-Simulation rms
Modal Analysis modal
EMT-Simulation emt
Harmonics/Power Quality harm
Frequency Sweep fsweep
GetActiveNetworkVariations
Returns all active variations for the 'Network Data' folder.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns currently active IntScheme objects. Set is empty in case of no scheme being cur-
rently active.
GetActiveProject
This function returns the currently active project.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns currently active IntPrj object or None in case of no project being currently active.
GetActiveScenario
Returns the currently active scenario. None is returned if there is no active scenario.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns currently active IntScenario object or None in case of no scenario being currently
active.
GetActiveScenarioScheduler
Returns currently active scenario scheduler.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns currently active IntScensched object or None in case of no scheduler being currently
active.
GetActiveStages
Returns all active stages currently active for a given folder, e.g. 'Network Data' folder.
list [Link]([DataObject variedFolder])
A RGUMENTS
variedFolder (optional)
Folder for which all active stages will be returned; by default, the project folder
'Network Data' is taken.
R ETURNS
Returns currently active IntSstage objects. Set is empty in case of no stages being currently
active.
GetActiveStudyCase
Returns the active Study Case. None is returned if there is no active study case.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The active study case (IntCase object) or None.
R ETURNS
Returns currently active IntCase object or None in case of no study case being currently
active.
GetAllUsers
Returns all known users, regardless of any Data Manager filters.
A RGUMENTS
forceReload
0 Default, returns the cached state if function was called before.
1 Forces the cache to be cleared, may impact performance.
R ETURNS
Returns a container with all known users.
GetBorderCubicles
This function returns the border cubicles of the parent station of passed element topologically
reachable from that element.
A cubicle (StaCubic) is considered to be a border cubicle if it resides inside the station
A RGUMENTS
element Element from which the search for border cubicles starts
R ETURNS
A set, containing border cubicles StaCubic. If the element does not reside in any substation
or no border cubicles exist, the set is empty.
GetBrowserSelection
Returns all objects marked in the “on top” Data Manager (Browser, right side).
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Objects marked in the “on top” Data Manager (Browser, right side).
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetCalcRelevantObjects
Returns all currently calculation relevant objects, i.e. the objects which are used by the calcula-
tions.
The set of objects depends on active study case, active grid(s) and variation(s).
list [Link]([str nameFilter,]
[int includeOutOfService = 1,]
[int topoElementsOnly = 0,]
[int bAcSchemes = 0])
A RGUMENTS
nameFilter (optional)
(Class) name filter. Wildcards are supported. Multiple filters to be separated by
comma ’,’. Must not contain a backslash ’\’.
If omitted, all objects are returned (corresponds to ’*.*’).
Examples for valid filter strings:
• ’ElmTerm’
• ’A*.ElmTerm’
• ’*.ElmLod,*.ElmSym’
includeOutOfService (optional)
Flag whether to include out of service objects. Default is 1 (=included).
topoElementsOnly (optional)
Flag to filter for topology relevant objects only. Default is 0 (=all objects).
bAcSchemes (optional)
Flag to include hidden objects in active schemes. Default is 0 (=not included).
R ETURNS
The currently calculation relevant objects, according to the given arguments. The order of
the set is undefined.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetClassDescription
Returns a description for a PowerFactory class.
str [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of a PowerFactory class
R ETURNS
Returns the description of a valid PowerFactory class, otherwise an empty string.
GetClassId
Returns a class identifier number.
Each class name corresponds to one unique number. The mapping of class name might be dif-
ferent for different build numbers of PowerFactory , but it is guaranteed that it will not changed
while an Api instance exists. (Do not keep these numbers static, get them dynamically in your
code using this method).
int [Link](str className)
A RGUMENTS
className
Class name e.g. ”ElmTerm”.
GetCurrentDiagram
This function offers access to the current diagram object (IntGrfnet).
DataObject [Link]()
GetCurrentScript
Returns the current script (ComPython).
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The current script (ComPython) or None if started from external.
GetCurrentSelection
Returns all objects marked in the “on top” Data Manager (Browser, right side) or diagram.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Objects marked in the “on top” Data Manager (Browser, right side) or diagram.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetCurrentUser
Returns the PowerFactory user of current session.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns an IntUser object, never None.
GetCurrentZoomScaleLevel
Returns the zoom or scale level of the currently active diagram. If the active diagram is geo-
graphic, then the scale level is returned, otherwise the zoom level is returned.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Zoom or scale level of the active diagram as integer.
• For geographic diagrams the scale level is returned. E.g. returns 50000 if 1:50000 is in
the zoom/ratio combo box
• For all other diagrams the zoom level is returned. E.g. returns 150 if 150
GetDataFolder
This function returns the folder in which the network data for the given class are stored.
DataObject [Link](str classname,
[int iCreate])
A RGUMENTS
classname
Classname of the elements:
ElmBmu
ElmArea
ElmZone
ElmRoute
ElmOwner
ElmOperator
ElmFeeder
ElmCircuit
ElmBoundary
IntScales
iCreate(optional)
0 The folder is searched and returned if found. If the folder does not
exist, None is returned.
1 The folder is created if it does not exist. The found or created folder is
returned.
R ETURNS
The network data folder, which is found or created.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetDiagramSelection
Returns all objects marked in the “on top” diagram.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Objects marked in the “on top” diagram.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetFlowOrientation
This function returns the flow orientation setting of the active project.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
-1 No project is active
0 Flow orientation of active project is “MIXED MODE”
1 Flow orientation of active project is “LOAD ORIENTED”
2 Flow orientation of active project is “GENERATOR ORIENTED”
GetFromStudyCase
Returns the first found object of class “ClassName” from the currently active study case. The
object is created when no object of the given name and/or class was found.
For commands the returned instance corresponds to the one that is used if opened via the main
menue load-flow, short-circuit, transient simulation, etc.,
A RGUMENTS
ClassName
Class name of the object (“Class”), optionally preceded by an object name without
wildcards and a dot (“[Link]”).
R ETURNS
The found or created object.
GetGlobalLibrary
Returns the global library for object-types of class “ClassName”. ClassName may be omitted,
in which case the complete global library folder is returned.
DataObject [Link]([str ClassName])
A RGUMENTS
ClassName (optional)
The classname of the objects for which the library folder is sought
R ETURNS
The libary folder
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetGraphicsBoard
Returns the currently active Graphics Board.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The graphics board object
GetInterfaceVersion
Returns the currently set interface version.
It holds the value set with SetInterfaceVersion() or the interface version from the current script
(parameter ’interfaceVersion’) if the python script is executed from within PowerFactory.
Have a look into the PowerFactor user manual to get more informations about the interface
version of a script.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The currently set interface version or 0 if PowerFactory is started from external and SetInter-
faceVersion() is not called.
GetLanguage
Returns a string for the current program language setting.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
en English
de German
es Spanish
GetLocalLibrary
Returns the local library for object-types of class “ClassName”. ClassName may be omitted, in
which case the complete local library folder is returned.
DataObject [Link]([str ClassName])
A RGUMENTS
ClassName (optional)
The classname of the objects for which the library folder is sought
R ETURNS
The libary folder
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetProjectFolder
Returns the project folder of a given type of active project. For each type (except ‘Generic’)
there exist not more than one folder per type.
DataObject [Link](str type)
A RGUMENTS
type Type of the corresponding project folder. See [Link]()
for a list of possible values.
R ETURNS
An IntPrjFolder object. If no project is currently active or project folder of this type does not
exist, None is returned.
GetRecordingStage
Returns the currently active recording scheme stage.
DataObject [Link] ()
R ETURNS
An IntSstage object; None if there is no recording stage.
GetSettings
Offers read-only access to some selected PowerFactory settings.
str [Link](str key)
A RGUMENTS
key
Key Return type Description
usernm string Name of logged-in user (IntLogon:usernm)
ptdig string Fully qualified path of installation directory of PowerFactory (Int-
Logon:ptdig)
ptwrk string Fully qualified path of working directory of PowerFactory (IntL-
ogon:ptwrk)
sessionid integer ID of current session
db driver string Name of used database driver (IntLogon:db driver)
R ETURNS
Value of settings as string
GetSummaryGrid
Returns the summary grid in the currently active Study Case. The summary grid is the combi-
nation of all active grids in the study case.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
A ElmNet object, or a 'None ' object when no grids are active
GetUserManager
Offers access to the user manager object (IntUserman) stored in the configuration folder.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The user manager object
Hide
Hides the PowerFactory application window.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsAttributeModeInternal
Returns whether the attribute values are accessed as internally stored.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Attribute values accessed as displayed in PowerFactory (unit conversion ap-
plied).
1 Attribute values accessed as internally stored.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsLdfValid
Checks to see if the last load-flow results are still valid and available.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 if no load-flow results are available
IsRmsValid
Checks to see if the last RMS simulation results are still valid and available.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 if no RMS simulation results are available
IsScenarioAttribute
Checks if a given attribute of a given class is recorded in scenario. It does not check whether a
concrete instance is recorded at all. The check is just performed against the scenario configu-
ration and is independent of a concrete scenario.
int [Link](str classname, str attributename)
A RGUMENTS
classname
Name of a PowerFactory class
attributename
Name of an attribute of given class
R ETURNS
1 If attribute is scenario relevant according to current scenario configuration
0 If attribute is not scenario relevant
IsShcValid
Checks to see if the last short-circuit results are still valid and available.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 if no short-circuit results are available
IsSimValid
Checks to see if the last simulation results are still valid and available.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 if no simulation results are available
IsWriteCacheEnabled
Returns whether or not the cache method for optimizing performances is enabled.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Write cache is disabled.
1 Write cache is enabled.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
LoadProfile
Activates a profile for current user. This corresponds to the select profile action via main menue
“TOOLS-Profiles”.
int [Link](str profileName)
A RGUMENTS
profileName
Name of profile to be loaded.
R ETURNS
0 On error, e.g. profile with given name not found.
1 On success.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
MarkInGraphics
Marks all objects in the diagram in which the elements are found by hatch crossing them.
None [Link](list objects,
[int searchOpenedDiagramsOnly = 0])
A RGUMENTS
objects Objects to be marked.
searchOpenedDiagramsOnly (optional)
Search can be restricted to currently shown diagrams on the desktop, instead of
all diagrams.
0 Searching all diagrams, not only the ones which are currently shown
on the desktop. If there is more than one occurrence the user will be
prompted which diagrams shall be opened (default).
1 Only search in currently opened diagrams and open the first diagram
in which the elements were found.
OutputFlexibleData
Outputs the Flexible Data of the given objects to the output window.
Has identical functionality to that implemented in the Object Filter dialogue, whereby the user
can right-click on a single row or multiple rows in a Flexible Data page and select Output
. . . Flexible Data. The OutputFlexibleData() function assumes that the user has already de-
fined a Flexible Data page for the objects in the set. Upon execution of this function, all Flexible
Data defined for the objects in the set is output to the PowerFactory output window in a tabular
format.
None [Link](list objects,
[str flexibleDataPage = ''])
A RGUMENTS
objects Objects to output the Flexible Data for.
flexibleDataPage (optional)
Name of the Flexible Data page to be outputed. If multiple Flexible Data pages
are defined and no or an empty string is given then a dialog to select a Flexible
Data page is shown.
PostCommand
Adds a command to the command pipe of the “input window”. The posted commands will be
executed after the currently running script has finished.
None [Link](str command)
A RGUMENTS
command
The command string.
Rebuild
Rebuilds the currently visible single line diagram.
None [Link]([int iMode])
A RGUMENTS
iMode (optional)
0 Draws graphic objects only
1 (default) Reads graphic objects (IntGrf) from database and draws
2 Reads graphic objects (IntGrf) from database, re-calculates intersec-
tions and draws
ReloadProfile
Reloads currently selected user profile. (See main menue “TOOLS-Profiles”)
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
ResetCalculation
Resets all calculations and deletes all calculation results.
Results that have been written to result objects (for display in graphs) will not be destroyed. All
results that are visible in the single line diagrams, however, will be destroyed.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
ResGetData
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or [Link]() in-
stead.
[int error,
float d ] [Link](DataObject resultObject,
int iX,
[int col])
ResGetDescription
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or
[Link]() instead.
str [Link](DataObject resultObject,
int col,
[int ishort])
plFunctionResFirstValidObject
ResGetFirstValidObject
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
int row,
[str classNames]
[str variableName,]
[float limit,]
[int limitOperator,]
[float limit2,]
[int limitOperator2])
int [Link]([DataObject resultFile,]
[int row,]
[list objects])
ResGetFirstValidObjectVariable
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
[str variableNames])
ResGetFirstValidVariable
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
int row,
[str variableNames])
ResGetIndex
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or [Link]()
instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
DataObject obj,
[str varName])
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
DataObject obj,
[int colIndex])
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
[str varName,]
[int colIndex])
ResGetMax
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or
[Link]() instead.
[int row,
float value] [Link](DataObject resultFile,
int col)
ResGetMin
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or
[Link]() instead.
[int row,
float value] [Link](DataObject resultFile,
int col)
ResGetNextValidObject
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
[str classNames]
[str variableName,]
[float limit,]
[int limitOperator,]
[float limit2,]
[int limitOperator2])
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
list objects)
ResGetNextValidObjectVariable
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
[str variableNames])
ResGetNextValidVariable
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultFile,
[str variableNames])
ResGetObject
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() instead.
DataObject [Link](DataObject resultObject,
int col)
ResGetUnit
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or [Link]() instead.
str [Link](DataObject resultObject,
int col)
ResGetValueCount
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or
[Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultObject,
[int col])
ResGetVariable
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or [Link]()
instead.
str [Link](DataObject resultObject,
int col)
ResGetVariableCount
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or
[Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultObject)
ResLoadData
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or [Link]() instead.
None [Link](DataObject resultObject)
ResReleaseData
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or [Link]() instead.
None [Link](DataObject resultObject)
ResSortToVariable
This function is deprecated. Please use [Link]() or
[Link]() instead.
int [Link](DataObject resultObject,
int col)
SaveAsScenario
Saves the operational data or relevant network elements as a new scenario.
DataObject [Link](str pName,
int iSetActive)
A RGUMENTS
pName Name of the new scenario.
iSetActive
1 Activate the new scenario afterwards.
0 Do not activate the new scenario.
R ETURNS
Returns newly created IntScenario object. None is returned in case of creation of a new
scenario was not allowed (e.g. no active project).
SearchObjectByForeignKey
Searches for an object by foreign key within an active project.
DataObject [Link](str foreignKey)
A RGUMENTS
foreignKey
Foreign key
R ETURNS
Object if found, otherwise None.
SelectToolbox
Sets tool box to be displayed at a switchable tool box group.
int [Link](int toolbar,
str groupName,
str toolboxName)
A RGUMENTS
toolbar 1 Main tool bar
2 Drawing tool bar (SGL)
groupName
Name of tool box group.
toolboxName
Name of tool box to be selected.
R ETURNS
0 On error, e.g. no matching tool box found.
1 On success.
SetAttributeModeInternal
Changes the way how attribute values are accessed.
None [Link](int internalMode)
A RGUMENTS
internalMode 0 Access attribute values as displayed in PowerFactory (unit con-
version applied).
1 Access attribute values as internally stored.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SetInterfaceVersion
Sets the current interface version. Only values which can be set to the python script parame-
ter ’interfaceVersion’ are allowed. Setting the interface version does not affect the parameter
’interfaceVersion’ of the current script.
Have a look into the PowerFactor user manual to get more informations about the interface
version of a script.
int [Link](int version)
A RGUMENTS
version interface version to be set
R ETURNS
0 if the version is successfully set, otherwise 1.
SetShowAllUsers
Enables or disables the filtering of all available users in data manager. All users are only visu-
alised in data manager when enabled.
int [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled
0 Disabled, only Demo, Public Area Users and current user are shown
1 Enabled, all available users are listed
R ETURNS
Returns previous setting.
1 If enabled before.
0 If disabled before.
SetWriteCacheEnabled
This function intends to optimize performances. In order to modify objects in PowerFactory ,
those must be set in a special edit mode before any value can be changed. Switching back and
forth between edit mode and stored mode is time consuming; enabling the write cache flag will
set objects in edit mode and they will not be switched back until WriteChangeToDb is called.
None [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled 0 Disables the write cache.
1 Enables the write cache.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
Show
Shows the PowerFactory application window (only possible with a full license, not supported
for engine licenses).
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SplitLine
Splits the passed line or ElmBranch-object at a given position
DataObject [Link](DataObject Line,
[double percent = 50,]
[int createSwitchSide0 = 0,]
[int createSwitchSide1 = 0])
A RGUMENTS
double rPercent (optional)
Position in percent from the first connection side where line shall be split
int iCreateSwitchSide0 (optional)
R ETURNS
Inserted terminal
0 = error
StatFileGetXrange
Gets the x-range for the statistic result file.
[int error,
double min,
double max] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
min (out) First point in time considered in statistics.
R ETURNS
0 If time range of statistic result file was found.
1 On errors (There is no statistic result file).
StatFileResetXrange
Reset the user defined x-range of the statistic result file. The complete x-range will be consid-
ered in the statistic results after calling this function.
None [Link]()
StatFileSetXrange
Sets the user defined x-range of the statistic result file. The statistic results consider only the
given time range.
None [Link](float min,
float max)
A RGUMENTS
min First point in time to be considered in statistics.
max Last point in time to be considered in statistics.
WriteChangesToDb
This function combined with [Link]() is meant to optimize perfor-
mances. If the write cache flag is enabled all objects remain in edit mode until WriteChangesToDb
is called and all the modifications made to the objects are saved into the database.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetInstallationDirectory
GetTemporaryDirectory
GetWorkspaceDirectory
GetInstallationDirectory
Returns the installation directory of PowerFactory .
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
Full path to installation directory of current PowerFactory .
D EPRECATED N AMES
GetInstallDir
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetTemporaryDirectory
Returns the temporary directory of used by PowerFactory .
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
Full path to a directory where temporary data can be stored. This directory is also used by
PowerFactory to store temporary data.
D EPRECATED N AMES
GetTempDir
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetWorkspaceDirectory
Returns the workspace directory of PowerFactory .
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
Full path to the directory where currently used workspace is stored.
D EPRECATED N AMES
GetWorkingDir
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
3.2 Date/Time
Overview
GetStudyTimeObject
GetStudyTimeObject
Returns the date and time object (SetTime) from the study case. This is the object being used
by the characteristics, scenarios,...
R ETURNS
SetTime or nullptr.
CloseTableReports
ShowModalBrowser
ShowModalSelectBrowser
ShowModelessBrowser
UpdateTableReports
CloseTableReports
Closes all open table reports.
None [Link]()
ShowModalBrowser
Opens a modal browser window and lists all given objects.
None [Link](list objects,
[int detailMode = 0,]
[str title = '',]
[str page = ''])
A RGUMENTS
objects Objects to be listed. The listing is in detailed mode, if only one kind of objects (e.g.
only ElmTerm) is contained.
detailMode (optional)
ShowModalSelectBrowser
Opens a modal browser window and lists all given objects. The user can make a selection from
the list.
list [Link](list objects,
[str title,]
[str classFilter,]
[str page = ''])
A RGUMENTS
objects Objects to be listed. The listing is in detailed mode, if only one kind of objects (e.g.
only ElmTerm) is contained.
title (optional)
String for user defined window title. The default window title is shown when no or
an empty string is given.
classFilter (optional)
Class name filter. If set, only objects matching that filter will be listed in the dialog
e.g. ’Elm*’, ’ElmTr?’ or ’ElmTr2,ElmTr3’.
page (optional)
Name of page to be shown in browser e.g. 'Flexible Data' (only in detailed mode).
The default page is shown when no or an empty string is given.
R ETURNS
Set of selected objects. The set is empty if “cancel” is pressed.
ShowModelessBrowser
Opens a modeless browser window and lists all given objects.
None [Link](list objects,
[int detailMode = 0,]
[str title = '',]
[str page = ''])
A RGUMENTS
objects Objects to be listed. The listing is in detailed mode, if only one kind of objects (e.g.
only ElmTerm) is contained.
detailMode (optional)
0 Show browser in normal mode (default).
title (optional)
String for user defined window title. The default window title is shown when no or
an empty string is given.
page (optional)
Name of page to be shown in browser e.g. 'Flexible Data' (only in detailed mode).
The default page is shown when no or an empty string is given.
UpdateTableReports
Updates all open table reports.
None [Link]()
3.4 Environment
Overview
EchoOff
EchoOn
IsAutomaticCalculationResetEnabled
IsFinalEchoOnEnabled
SetAutomaticCalculationResetEnabled
SetFinalEchoOnEnabled
SetGraphicUpdate
SetGuiUpdateEnabled
SetUserBreakEnabled
EchoOff
Freezes (de-activates) the user-interface. For each EchoOff(), an EchoOn() should be called.
An EchoOn() is automatically executed at the end of the execution of a ComDpl or ComPython.
This could be changed with [Link]().
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
EchoOn
Re-activates the user interface. For more informations see [Link]().
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
IsAutomaticCalculationResetEnabled
Returns whether the automatic calculation reset while setting attributes is enabled. See Appli-
[Link]() for more informations.
int [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
IsFinalEchoOnEnabled
Returns whether the automatic [Link]() at the end of each ComDpl or ComPython
is enabled.
int [Link]();
R ETURNS
1 Final [Link]() is enabled.
0 Final [Link]() is disabled.
S EE ALSO
SetAutomaticCalculationResetEnabled
Enables or disables the automatic calculation reset while setting attributes.
In Python/API the automatic calculation reset is by default enabled. Thus changing an object
attribute could lead to a calculation reset, e.g. changing the scaling factor of a load, but do not
have to, e.g. renaming an object.
Even if the automatic calculation reset is disabled, changing the ”outserv” attribute of an arbitrary
network element or the ”on off” attribute of a switch device resets automatically the current
calculation.
When the calculation is reset the load-flow will be calculated with a flat start. Thus switching
the automatic calculation reset off can be helpful e.g. when calculating a load-flow without a flat
start. On the other side it could lead to wrong results e.g. doing short-circuit calculations after
changing the short-circuit-location of a branch without calling [Link]().
None [Link](int enabled)
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
SetFinalEchoOnEnabled
Enables or disables the automatic [Link]() at the end of each ComDpl or ComPython.
A RGUMENTS
enabled
1 Enables the final [Link]().
0 Disables the final [Link]().
S EE ALSO
SetGraphicUpdate
Enables or disables the updates of the single line graphics.
None [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled
0 disabled (graphic will not be updated automatically)
1 enabled
SetGuiUpdateEnabled
Enables or disables updates of the graphical user interface (e.g. application window) while the
script is running.
This can be useful to get maximum execution performance. However, the user interface might
look frozen and becomes not responsive. The updates will automatically be re-enabled after
termination of the script. In case of sub-scripts, the restore is done at termination of main
script.
int [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled
0 Disables GUI updates.
1 Enables GUI updates.
R ETURNS
Previous state before the function was called
D EPRECATED N AMES
SetRescheduleFlag
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SetUserBreakEnabled
Enables or disables the “Break” button in main tool bar. After script execution it is disabled
automatically.
None [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled
0 Disables “Break” button.
1 Enable “Break” button.
D EPRECATED N AMES
SetEnableUserBreak
3.5 Mathematics
Overview
GetRandomNumber
GetRandomNumberEx
InvertMatrix
RndExp
RndGetMethod
RndGetSeed
RndNormal
RndSetup
RndUnifInt
RndUnifReal
RndWeibull
SetRandomSeed
GetRandomNumber
This method is marked as deprecated since PowerFactory 2017. Please use [Link]()
instead.
Draws a uniformly distributed random number. Uses the ’global random number generator’. If
x1 and x2 are omitted, the distribution will be uniform in the intervall [0, 1]. If only x1 is given,
the distribution is uniform in [0, x1] and with both x1 and x2, the distribution is uniform in [x1,
x2].
float [Link]([float x1,]
[float x2])
A RGUMENTS
x1 (optional)
x2 not given: maximum; x1 and x2 given: minimum
x2 (optional)
maximum
R ETURNS
A uniformly distributed random number
GetRandomNumberEx
This method is marked as deprecated since PowerFactory 2017. Please use [Link](),
[Link]() or [Link]() instead.
Draws a random number according to a specific probability distribution. Uses the ’global random
number generator’.
float [Link](int distribution,
[float p1,]
[float p2])
A RGUMENTS
distribution
0 uniform distribution
1 normal distribution
2 weibull distribution
else returns 0.0
p1 (optional)
distribution = 0 (uniform), argument p2 is also given: min
distribution = 0 (uniform), argument p2 is not given: max (min is as-
sumed to be 0).
distribution = 1 (normal) : mean
distribution = 2 (weibull) : scale
p2 (optional)
distribution = 0 (uniform) : max
distribution = 1 (normal) : stddev
distribution = 2 (weibull) : weibull
R ETURNS
double Newly drawn random number from the specified distribution.
0.0 On failure e.g. non-supported mode.
InvertMatrix
This routine calculates the inverse matrix by the Gauss-Jordan method. It uses scaled partial
pivoting preceeded by column equilibration of the input matrix. The routine can be called in two
different versions:
• Real Inversion: Only one matrix, realP art, is provided as an input to the function. Then,
realP art is inverted and the result, realP art−1 , is stored into the input matrix realP art on
success.
• Complex Inversion: Two matrices, realP art and imaginaryP art, are provided as inputs
to this function. Then, a complex matrix C is formed, with entries
C(i,j) = A(i,j) + j · imaginaryP art(i,j).
The complex matrix C is inverted and, on success, the resulting real part of C −1 is written
to realP art whereas the resulting imaginary part of C −1 is written to imaginaryP art.
Please note that realP art and imaginaryP art must have the same dimensions.
A RGUMENTS
realPart If imaginaryPart is not set, realpart is the matrix to invert on input. In case of
success, it will be overwritten by the inverted input matrix. If imaginaryPart is set,
it holds the real part of the complex matrix to invert on input and is overwritten by
the real part of the inverted complex matrix on output.
imaginaryPart
If this is set, it should hold the imaginary part of the matrix to invert on input and
is overwritten by the imaginary part of the inverted matrix on output.
R ETURNS
1 Matrix inversion failed. The provided input matrix is singular.
0 Matrix inversion was successfull. Resulting inverted matrix returned in input ma-
trix/matrices.
RndExp
Returns a random number distributed according to exponential distribution with given rate. See
the example given in the DPL description of [Link]().
double RndExp(double rate, [int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
rate Rate of exponetial distribution.
rngNum (optional)
Number of the random number generator.
0 (default) ’Global random number generator’.
1, 2, ... Other random number generators accessable via this number.
R ETURNS
double Random number
RndGetMethod
Returns the used method of a random number generator. See the example given in the DPL
description of [Link]().
str RndGetMethod([int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
rngNum (optional)
Number of the random number generator of which the method type is returned.
0 (default) ’Global random number generator’.
1, 2, ... Other random number generators accessable via this number.
R ETURNS
string Name of the used method
RndGetSeed
Returns the used seed of a random number generator. See the example given in the DPL
description of [Link]().
int RndGetSeed([int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
rngNum (optional)
Number of the random number generator.
R ETURNS
int Used seed
RndNormal
Returns a random number distributed according to normal distribution with given mean and
standard deviation. See the example given in the DPL description of [Link]().
double RndNormal(double mean, double stddev, [int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
mean Mean of normal distribution.
stddev Standard deviation of normal distribution.
rngNum (optional)
Number of the random number generator.
0 (default) ’Global random number generator’.
1, 2, ... Other random number generators accessable via this number.
R ETURNS
double Random number
RndSetup
Initializes a random number generator. Allows to choose:
1. Mersenne Twister,
2. Linear Congruential,
Internally a vector of random number generators is used. These can be accessed via the num-
ber passed as last argument. Number 0 corresponds to the ’global random number generator’,
updated also in ComInc and ComGenrelinc. Numbers 1,2, . . . will access different random num-
ber generators, which can be setup individually.
None RndSetup(int seedAutomatic, [int seed], [int rngType], [int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
seedAutomatic
Seed the random number generator automatically
0 Do not seed automatically.
1 Seed automatically.
seed (optional)
Seed for the random number generator. (default: 0) Note, that for the Additive
Lagged Fibonacci generator, only the seeds 0,...,9 are supported.
rngType (optional)
Type of random number generator
0 Mersenne Twister (recommended) (default).
1 Linear Congruential.
2 Additive Lagged Fibonacci.
rngNum (optional)
Number of random number generator to be used
0 (default) ’Global random number generator’.
1, 2, ... Other random number generators accessable via this number.
RndUnifInt
Returns a random number distributed according to uniform distribution on the set of numbers
{min, . . . , max}. See the example given in the DPL description of [Link]().
int RndUnifInt(int min, int max, [int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
min Smallest possible number
max Largest possible number
rngNum (optional)
Number of the random number generator.
0 (default) ’Global random number generator’.
1, 2, ... Other random number generators accessable via this number.
R ETURNS
int Random number
RndUnifReal
Returns a random number distributed according to uniform distribution on the intervall [min,max].
See the example given in the DPL description of [Link]().
double RndUnifReal(double min, double max, [int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
min Lower endpoint of interval [min, max]
R ETURNS
double Random number
RndWeibull
Returns a random number distributed according to Weibull distribution with given shape and
scale parameters. See the example given in the DPL description of [Link]().
double RndWeibull(double shape, double scale, [int rngNum])
A RGUMENTS
shape Shape parameter of Weibull distribution.
scale Scale parameter of Weibull distribution.
rngNum (optional)
Number of the random number generator.
R ETURNS
double Random number
SetRandomSeed
This method is marked as deprecated since PowerFactory 2017. Please use [Link]()
instead.
Initializes the ’global random number generator’ as Additive Lagged Fibonacci random number
generator. Sets the seed for the random number generator. One out of 10 predefined initializa-
tion seeds can be selected.
None [Link](int seed)
A RGUMENTS
seed seed 0..9
ClearOutputWindow
GetOutputWindow
PrintError
PrintInfo
PrintPlain
PrintWarn
SetOutputWindowState
ClearOutputWindow
Clears the output window.
None [Link]()
GetOutputWindow
Returns the PowerFactory Output Window.
OutputWindow [Link]()
R ETURNS
An instance of the class OutputWindow.
E XAMPLE
import powerfactory
app = [Link]()
outputWindow = [Link]()
[Link]([Link], "Hello World!")
PrintError
Prints a message as error into the PowerFactory Output Window. See [Link]()
for more informations.
None [Link](str message)
PrintInfo
Prints a message as information into the PowerFactory Output Window. See OutputWin-
[Link]() for more informations.
None [Link](str message)
PrintPlain
Prints a message as normal text into the PowerFactory Output Window. See OutputWin-
[Link]() for more informations.
None [Link](str message)
PrintWarn
Prints a message as warning into the PowerFactory Output Window. See [Link]()
for more informations.
None [Link](str message)
SetOutputWindowState
Changes the display state of the output window.
None [Link](int newState)
A RGUMENTS
newState
0 Minimized output window.
1 Maximized output window.
-1 Restore previous state.
4 Output Window
Overview
Clear
GetContent
Print
Save
SetState
Clear
Clears the output window.
None [Link]()
GetContent
Returns the content (unfiltered or filtered) of the output window.
[str] [Link]()
[str] [Link]([Link] filter)
A RGUMENTS
filter (optional)
If given, then only text from messages of this type will be returned.
R ETURNS
List of texts of output window messages (unfiltered or filtered).
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Print
Prints a message as normal text, as information, as warning or as error into the PowerFactory
Output Window.
None [Link](str message)
None [Link]([Link] type, str message)
A RGUMENTS
type Type of message to print:
E XAMPLE
import powerfactory
app = [Link]()
outputWindow = [Link]()
[Link]([Link], "Hello World!")
Save
Saves the content of current output window to a file.
None [Link](str filePath)
A RGUMENTS
filePath Full file name with path e.g. d:\data\[Link]. Possible file formats are html, txt
and out.
SetState
Changes the display state of the output window.
None [Link](int newState)
A RGUMENTS
newState
0 Minimized output window.
1 Maximized output window.
-1 Restore previous state.
5 Object Methods
AddCopy
ContainsNonAsciiCharacters
CopyData
CreateObject
Delete
Energize
GetAttribute
GetAttributeDescription
GetAttributeLength
GetAttributeShape
GetAttributeType
GetAttributeUnit
GetChildren
GetClassName
GetCombinedProjectSource
GetConnectedElements
GetConnectionCount
GetContents
GetControlledNode
GetCubicle
GetFullName
GetImpedance
GetInom
GetNode
GetOperator
GetOwner
GetParent
GetReferences
GetRegion
GetSupplyingSubstations
GetSupplyingTransformers
GetSupplyingTrfstations
GetSystemGrounding
GetUnom
GetUserAttribute
GetZeroImpedance
HasAttribute
HasResults
IsCalcRelevant
IsDeleted
IsEarthed
IsEnergized
IsHidden
IsInFeeder
IsNetworkDataFolder
IsNode
IsObjectActive
IsObjectModifiedByVariation
Isolate
IsOutOfService
IsReducible
IsShortCircuited
MarkInGraphics
Move
PasteCopy
PurgeUnusedObjects
ReplaceNonAsciiCharacters
ReportNonAsciiCharacters
ReportUnusedObjects
SearchObject
SetAttribute
SetAttributeLength
SetAttributeShape
ShowEditDialog
ShowModalSelectTree
SwitchOff
SwitchOn
WriteChangesToDb
AddCopy
Copies a single object or a set of objects to the target object. “[Link](aObj)” copies
object 'aObj' into the target object 'Fold', “[Link](aSet)” copies all objects in 'aSet' to
“Fold”.
“[Link](aObj, nm1, nm2, ...)” will copy aObj and rename it to the result of the concate-
nation of 'nm1', 'nm2', etc. The object will not be renamed if it was an IntPrj.
The target object must be able to receive a copy of the objects. The function “[Link](aObj,...)”
returns the copy of “aObj”, “[Link](aSet)” returns “Fold”, when the copy operation was
successful. A None object is returned otherwise.
Copying a set of objects will respect all internal references between those objects. Copying a
set of lines and their types, for example, will result in a set of copied lines and line types, where
the copied lines will use the copied line types.
DataObject [Link](DataObject obj,
[int or str partOfName1,]
[...])
DataObject [Link](list objects)
A RGUMENTS
obj The object to copy.
partOfName1 (optional)
The first part of the new name.
objects The set of objects to copy.
R ETURNS
Returns the copy that has been created, unless the copied object was a set of objects.
ContainsNonAsciiCharacters
Checks whether an object contains texts attributes with non-ASCII characters.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns 1 if the object contains at least one non-ASCII characters. Otherwise 0.
CopyData
Copies all parameters except for loc name and containers from one object to another.
None [Link](DataObject source)
A RGUMENTS
source Object from which parameters are to be copied
R ETURNS
0 ok
1 error
CreateObject
Creates a new object of given class and name in the target object. The object name will be
concatenated by the given object name parts. The target object must be able to store an object
of the given class in its content otherwise the currently running script will stop with an error.
DataObject [Link](str className,
[int|str objectNamePart0,]
[...]
)
A RGUMENTS
className
The class name of the object to create.
objectNameParts (optional)
Parts of the name of the object to create (without classname) which will be con-
catenated to the object name.
R ETURNS
object Newly created object.
None When no object was created.
Delete
Deletes the object from the database. The object is not destroyed but moved to the recycle bin.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Object successfully deleted.
6= 0 Deletion failed e.g. not allowed.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Energize
Performs an “energize” action on the network element. This corresponds to removing earthings
from current region (if any) followed by a “switch on” action on the element.
The action is identical to that in the context menue.
[int error,
list changedSwitches] [Link]([int resetRA])
A RGUMENTS
changedSwitches (optional, out)
All switches whose switching state was changed by the action are filled into this
set.
resetRA (optional)
Determines whether an active running arrangement that would prevent switching
action should be deactivated or not.
R ETURNS
Information about the success of the action:
S EE ALSO
GetAttribute
Returns the value of an attribute.
int|float|str|DataObject|list [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
R ETURNS
Value of an attribute name in its current unit (like in the edit dialog seen). An
exception is thrown for invalid attribute names.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetAttributeDescription
Returns the description of an attribute.
str [Link](str name,
int short = 0)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
short 0 Return long attribute description (default).
1 Return short attribute description.
R ETURNS
”” For an invalid attribute name.
str Long or short attribute description.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetAttributeLength
Returns the length of a vector or matrix attribute. The length of a matrix attribute is the number
of rows.
int [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
R ETURNS
>0 Length of a valid vector or matrix attribute.
0 All other valid attributes.
−1 For invalid attribute names.
S EE ALSO
GetAttributeShape
Returns the shape of an attribute. The shape is a list of the form [number of rows, number of
colums].
[int rows,
int columns ] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
R ETURNS
[≥ 0, ≥ 0 ] Shape of a valid vector or matrix attribute.
[0, 0 ] All other valid attributes.
[−1, 0 ] For invalid attribute names.
S EE ALSO
GetAttributeType
Returns the type of an attribute.
The following attribute types exist:
[Link] Attribute does not exist.
[Link] Integer attribute.
[Link] VEC Integer vector attribute.
[Link] Double attribute.
[Link] VEC Double vector attribute.
[Link] MAT Double matrix attribute.
[Link] Data object attribute.
[Link] VEC Data object vector attribute.
[Link] Integer attribute.
[Link] VEC Integer vector attribute.
AttributeType.INTEGER64 64-bit integer attribute.
AttributeType.INTEGER64 VEC 64-bit integer vector attribute.
AttributeType [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
R ETURNS
The type of an attribute or [Link] for an invalid attribute name.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetAttributeUnit
Retruns the unit of an attribute e.g. km, MW. . . .
str [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
R ETURNS
”” For invalid attribute names.
str Attribute unit.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetChildren
This function returns the objects that are stored within the object the function was called on.
In contrast to [Link]() this function gives access to objects that are currently
hidden due to scheme management.
list [Link](int hiddenMode,
[str filter,]
[int subfolders])
A RGUMENTS
hiddenMode
Determines how hidden objects are handled.
0 Hidden objects are ignored. Only nonhidden objects are returned.
1 Hidden objects and nonhidden objects are returned.
2 Only hidden objects are returned. Nonhidden objects are ignored.
filter (optional)
Name filter, possibly containing '*' and '?' characters.
subfolder (optional)
Determines if children of subfolders are returned.
R ETURNS
Objects that are stored in the called object.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetClassName
Returns the class name of the object.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
The class name of the object.
GetCombinedProjectSource
For an object in a combined project return the intermediate folder where the object is contained,
indicating the original source project.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The intermediate folder for that object or nothing when not applicable.
GetConnectedElements
Returns the set of connected elements. Only electrically connected elements are returned when
the conditions of all switches are regarded. Possible connections will also be returned when rBrk
and/or rDis is zero, in the case of open breakers and/or disconnectors. The default values are
(0,0,0).
list [Link]([int rBrk],
[int rDis],
[int rOut])
A RGUMENTS
rBrk (optional)
if 1, regards position of breakers
rDis (optional)
if 1, regards position of disconnectors
rOut (optional)
if 1, regards in-service or out-of-service status
R ETURNS
The set of connected elements.
GetConnectionCount
Returns the number of electrical connections.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of electrical connections.
GetContents
Returns the objects that are stored in the object and whose name matches the argument name.
No object is returned if the object's container is empty, or if the object is not capable of storing
objects. The argument name may contain the complete name and classname, or parts of the
name with wildcard and class name.
list [Link]([str Name,]
[int recursive])
A RGUMENTS
Name (optional)
loc [Link] name, name possibly contains wildcards: '*' and '?' characters
recursive (optional)
1 All contained objects will be added recursively.
0 (default) Only direct children of current object will be collected.
R ETURNS
Objects that are stored in the object.
GetControlledNode
Returns the target terminal and the resulting target voltage for generators and other voltage
regulating units.
[DataObject node,
float targetVoltage] [Link](int bus,
[int check])
A RGUMENTS
bus)
-1 currently controlled bus
0 HV bus
1 MV/ LV bus
2 LV bus
targetVoltage (out)
The target voltage of the voltage regulating unit in pu.
check (optional)
0 (default) Do not check if the control mode is set to voltage control.
1 Only return the controlled node if the control mode is set to voltage
control.
R ETURNS
Controlled node, None if no controlled terminal exists (or not voltage controlled if check=1)
GetCubicle
Returns the cubicle of an object at the connection with index n, or None if there is no cubicle
inside the object.
DataObject [Link](int side)
A RGUMENTS
side The connection number.
R ETURNS
The cubicle object or None.
GetFullName
Returns the full name of the object as a string.
str [Link]([int type])
A RGUMENTS
type(optional)
Is used to determine the format of the returned full name:
not given
No special formatting.
=0
Same format as used in [Link]() and also clickable when
printed to the output window.
> 0 (but less or equal to 190)
Formatted exactly to this length and also clickable when printed to the output
window.
R ETURNS
The fullname (complete database path including the name and class name) of the object.
GetImpedance
Returns the positive sequence impedance of an element referred to a given voltage.
[int error,
float real,
float imag] [Link](float refVoltage,
[int i3Trf])
A RGUMENTS
real (out) Real part of the impedance in Ohm.
imag (out)
Imaginary part of the impedance in Ohm.
refVoltage
Reference voltage for the impedance in kV.
i3Trf (optional)
When used with an ElmTr3
0 Return the HV-MV impedance.
1 Return the HV-LV impedance.
2 Return the MV-LV impedance.
R ETURNS
1 An error occurred.
0 Otherwise.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetInom
Returns the nominal current of the object at given bus index.
float [Link]([int busIndex = 0])
A RGUMENTS
busIndex (optional)
Bus index, default value is 0.
R ETURNS
The nominal current at bus index.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetNode
Returns the node connected to the object at specified bus index.
DataObject [Link](int busIndex,
[int considerSwitches = 0])
A RGUMENTS
busIndex Bus index.
considerSwitches (optional)
0 Ignore the status of the switches (default).
1 Consider the status of the switches.
R ETURNS
object Connected node object at specified bus index.
None If no node at bus index is found.
GetOperator
Returns the element’s operator (ElmOperator ).
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Object of class ElmOperator determined according to following rules
• If operator is set in current object instance (attribute “pOperator”) this operator object is
retured.
• Else the operator inherited from its parent is used (recursively applied).
• None if none if its parents have an operator set.
GetOwner
Returns the elements’s owner (ElmOwner ).
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Object of class ElmOwner determined according to following rules
• If owner is set in current object instance (attribute “pOwner”) this owner object is retured.
• Else the owner inherited from its parent is used (recursively applied).
• None if none if its parents have an operator set.
GetParent
Returns the parent folder object (same as parameter ’fold id’).
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
DataObject The parent folder object.
None On the root database folder e.g. parent of a user.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetReferences
Returns a set containing all objects with references to the object the method was called on.
list [Link]([str filter,] [int includeSubsets])
A RGUMENTS
filter (optional)
Object filter to get only objects whose name matches this filter string, e.g. '*.'.
includeSubsets (optional)
Forces references from IntSubset objects to be evaluated. These are normally not
included for performance reasons.
R ETURNS
Set of referenced objects.
GetRegion
All network components are internally associated with an artificial region. A region consists of
topologically connected elements. This means, two elements elm1 and elm2 are topologically
connected ⇔ [Link]() == [Link]().
A region is simply identified by a number that can be access via this function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Region index >0. A value of ‘-1’ means status is unknown for that element (normally for not
topology relevant elements).
GetSupplyingSubstations
Returns the closest supplying substation(s) for a network component.
“Closest” means that there is no other supplying element of same type in topological path be-
tween network component and the supplying component(s) returned by this function.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
List of substations (objects of class ElmSubstat). Can be empty.
S EE ALSO
GetSupplyingTransformers
Returns the closest supplying transformer(s) for a network component. “Closest” means that
there is no other supplying element of same type in topological path between network compo-
nent and the supplying component(s) returned by this function.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
List of transformers (objects of class ElmTr2 or ElmTr3). Can be empty.
S EE ALSO
GetSupplyingTrfstations
Returns the closest supplying transformer station(s) for a network component.
“Closest” means that there is no other supplying element of same type in topological path be-
tween network component and the supplying component(s) returned by this function.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
List of transformer stations (objects of class ElmTrfstat). Can be empty.
S EE ALSO
GetSystemGrounding
Returns the grounding type employed in the grounding area of the grid the object belongs to.
The grounding area is defined by network components separating the zero sequence system
(e.g. star-delta transformers).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
-1 grounding type can not be determined
0 system is solidly grounded
1 system is compensated
2 system is isolated
GetUnom
Returns the nominal voltage of the object.
float [Link]([int busIndex = 0])
A RGUMENTS
busIndex (optional)
Bus index, default value is 0.
R ETURNS
The nominal voltage at bus index.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetUserAttribute
This function offers read-access to a simple form of user-defined attributes. These attributes
must be defined in an XML-like syntax in the description field of an object (variable 'desc').
The syntax for a user-defined variable is:
<Attribute Name=“name” Type=“type”>value</>
With:
[int|float|str value,
int error ] [Link](str attName)
A RGUMENTS
attName Name of the user-defined attribute
error (out)
Parameter for returned error value
R ETURNS
0 Attribute found and value returned
1 Attribute could not be accessed (e.g. attribute not found in given object, definition
is incomplete or wrong, format value is not compatible with given type).
GetZeroImpedance
Returns the zero sequence impedance of an element referred to a given voltage.
[int error,
float real,
float imag] [Link](float refVoltage,
[int i3Trf])
A RGUMENTS
real (out) Real part of the impedance in Ohm.
imag (out)
Imaginary part of the impedance in Ohm.
refVoltage
Reference voltage for the impedance in kV.
i3Trf (optional)
When used with an ElmTr3
0 Return the HV-MV impedance.
1 Return the HV-LV impedance.
2 Return the MV-LV impedance.
R ETURNS
1 An error occurred.
0 Otherwise.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
HasAttribute
Returns whether the given name is a currently valid attribute name.
int [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
R ETURNS
0 Given name is not a currently valid attribute name.
1 Given name is a currently valid attribute name.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
HasResults
Checks if the object has calculated result parameters.
int [Link]([int ibus])
A RGUMENTS
ibus (optional)
Bus index
R ETURNS
0 no results available
1 results exist
IsCalcRelevant
Returns whether the object is relevant for calculation.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 When the object is not used for calculations.
1 When the object is currently used for calculations.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsDeleted
Returns 1 if the object is deleted.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Object is already deleted.
0 Object is not deleted.
IsEarthed
Checks if a network component is topologically connected to any earthed component. Earthing
components are terminals / busbars (ElmTerm) with attribute ‘iEarth’ = 1 and all closed ground-
ing switches (ElmGndswt). An energized component is never considered to be earthed.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Component is earthed (connected to an earthing component)
0 Component is not earthed
IsEnergized
Checks if a network component is energized. A component is considered to be energized, if it is
topologically connected to a generator. All other elements are considered to be deenergized.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Component is energized
0 Component is deenergized
-1 Component has no energizing status (status unknown)
IsHidden
Checks whether an object is hidden with respect to currently activated variation. An object is
hidden if it is
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 not hidden, currently ’active’
1 hidden, currently ’inactive’
IsInFeeder
Indicates if the object belongs to the feeder area defined by “Feeder”.
int [Link](DataObject Feeder,
[int OptNested=0])
A RGUMENTS
Feeder The Feeder definition object ElmFeeder
OptNested (optional
0 Nested feeders are not considered.
1 Nested feeders are considered.
R ETURNS
1 If “Feeder” is a feeder definition and the object is in the feeder area.
0 Otherwise
IsNetworkDataFolder
Checks whether given object is a special folder within a project that stores specific data ele-
ments. Each project can not have more than one instance per folder type.
The following folder types are distinguished (PowerFactory class names):
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 false, object is not a network data folder
1 true, object is a network data folder
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsNode
Indicates wtheter an object is a node (terminal or busbar).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Object is a node.
0 Otherwise.
IsObjectActive
Check if an object is active for specific time.
int [Link](int time)
R ETURNS
0 Object is not active (hidden or deleted)
1 Object is active
IsObjectModifiedByVariation
Check if an object is active for specific time.
int [Link](int considerADD, int considerDEL, int considerDELTA)
A RGUMENTS
considerADD
checks if an ADD-object exists
0 ignore ADD-objects
1 consider ADD-objects
considerDEL
check if a DELETE-Object exists or exist for the parent objects
0 ignore DELETE-objects
1 consider DELETE-objects
considerDELTA
check if a DELTA-Object exists
0 ignore DELTA-objects
1 consider DELTA-objects
R ETURNS
0 Object is not modified by an active variation
1 Object is modified by an active variation
Isolate
Performs an “isolate” action on the network element. This corresponds to performing a “switch
off” action followed by an additional earthing of switched off region.
The action is identical to that in the context menue.
[int error,
list changedSwitches] [Link]([int resetRA,]
[int isolateCBs])
A RGUMENTS
changedSwitches (optional, out)
All switches whose switching state was changed by the action are filled into this
set
resetRA (optional)
Determines whether an active running arrangement that would prevent switching
action should be deactivated or not.
1 All running arrangements that cause blocking of relevant switches are
applied and reset automatically before the switching is performed.
R ETURNS
Information about the success of the action:
S EE ALSO
IsOutOfService
Indicates whether or not the object is currently out of service.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 When the object is in service.
1 When the object is out of service.
IsReducible
Checks if object can be reduced during network reduction.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 object can never be reduced.
1 object can be reduced (e.g. switch, zero-length lines)
2 in principle the object can be reduced, but not now (e.g. switch that is set to be
detailed)
IsShortCircuited
Returns whether an element is short-circuited or not.
R ETURNS
0 No short-circuit found.
1 Element is short-circuited.
MarkInGraphics
Marks the object in the diagram in which the element is found by hatch crossing it. By default
all the currently opened diagrams are searched for the element to mark beginning with the
diagram shown. The first diagram in which the element is found will be opened and the element
is marked.
Alternatively the search can be extended to all existing diagrams by passing 1 as parameter. If
the element exists in more than one diagram the user can select from a list of diagrams which
diagram shall be opened.
None [Link]([int SearchAllDiagramsAndSelect])
A RGUMENTS
SearchAllDiagramsAndSelect (optional)
Search can be extended to all diagrams, not only the ones which are currently
shown on the desktop.
0 Only search in currently opened diagrams and open the first diagram
in which the element was found.
1 Searching all diagrams, not only the ones which are currently shown
on the desktop. If there is more than one occurrence the user will be
prompted which diagrams shall be opened.
R ETURNS
A diagram in which the element is drawn is opened and the element is marked.
Move
Moves an object or a set of objects to this folder.
int [Link](DataObject O)
int [Link](list S)
A RGUMENTS
O(optional)
Object to move
S(optional)
Set of objects to move
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
PasteCopy
This function pastes the copy of the given object(s) into this (=target) using the merge tool when
source and target are inside different projects (equivalent to a manual copy&paste operation).
int [Link](DataObject oCopyObj)
int [Link](list oCopyObj)
A RGUMENTS
oCopyObj
Object to be copied
sCopySet
Set of object to be copied
R ETURNS
0 Object(s) successfully copied
1 Error
PurgeUnusedObjects
The function deletes the following child objects:
1. All 'hidden' objects without corresponding ”Add” object. These objects are only deleted, if
the condition is fulfilled for all child objects (hidden without corresponding 'Add' object).
2. All internal expansion stage objects with invalid target object (target object reference is
missing).
It’s crucial that there is no study case active when executing the function.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
ReplaceNonAsciiCharacters
Replaces all non-ASCII characters in all text attributes by similar ASCII characters. Emits a
warning if a charcter can not replaced, because no replacement character was defined.
int [Link](DataObject map,
str defaultReplacementCharacter)
A RGUMENTS
map IntMat object with two columns: the first column contains the codes of the non-
ASCII character, the second column contains the code of the ASCII character.
defaultReplacementCharacter
String containing one ASCII character. If map does not contain a replacement for
a non-ASCII character, it is replaced by defaultReplacementCharacter.
R ETURNS
Returns 1 when the function was executed successfully.
ReportNonAsciiCharacters
Reports all text attributes of this objects containing non-ASCII characters in the output window.
None [Link]()
ReportUnusedObjects
Prints a report in the PowerFactory output window, which object will be deleted when function
[Link]() is called. It’s crucial that there is no study case active when
executing the function.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SearchObject
Searches for an object with a full name, such as
'[Link]\[Link]\...\[Link] '.
DataObject [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name string to search
R ETURNS
Returns the searched object.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SetAttribute
Sets the value of an attribute.
None [Link](str name,
int|float|str|DataObject|list value)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
value Value to be set in its current unit (like in the edit dialog seen). An exception is
thrown for invalid attribute names.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
SetAttributeLength
Sets the length of a vector or matrix attribute. The length of a matrix attribute is the number of
rows.
int [Link](str name, int length)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
length New length of the attribute.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
SetAttributeShape
Sets the shape of a matrix or vector attribute. The shape is a list of the form [number of rows,
number of colums]. Number of colums has to be 0 for vectors.
int [Link](str name, list(int, int) shape)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of an attribute.
shape New shape of the attribute.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
ShowEditDialog
Opens the edit dialogue of the object. Command objects (such as ComLdf ) will have their “Ex-
ecute” button disabled. The execution of the running script will be halted until the edit dialogue
is closed again.
Editing of command objects (ComDPL, ComPython) is not supported.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Edit dialogue was cancelled by the user.
0 Otherwise.
ShowModalSelectTree
Shows the current database object tree. The element on which the function is called on is
initially selected.
DataObject [Link]([str title,]
[str filter])
A RGUMENTS
title (optional)
Title of the dialog. If omitted, a default title will be used.
filter (optional)
Classname filter e.g. 'ElmLne' or 'Com*'. If set, a selection is only accepted if the
classname of the selected object matches that filter.
R ETURNS
DataObject Selected object.
None No object selcted e.g. 'Cancel' clicked.
SwitchOff
Performs a “switch off” action on the network element. This action is identical to that in the
context menue.
[int error,
list changedSwitches] [Link]([int resetRA]
[int simulateOnly])
A RGUMENTS
changedSwitches (optional, out)
All switches whose switching state was changed by the action are filled into this
set
resetRA (optional)
Determines whether an active running arrangement that would prevent switching
action should be deactivated or not.
1 All running arrangements that cause blocking of relevant switches are
applied and reset automatically before the switching is performed.
0 (default) Active running arrangements are not reset. Blocked switches
will cause the switching action to fail
simulateOnly (optional)
Can be used to get the switches that would be changed. No switching is performed
if set to ‘1’. (default is ’0’)
R ETURNS
Information about the success of the action:
S EE ALSO
SwitchOn
Performs a “switch on” action on the network element. This action is identical to that in the
context menue.
[int error,
list changedSwitches] [Link]([int resetRA,]
[int simulateOnly])
A RGUMENTS
changedSwitches (optional, out)
All switches whose switching state was changed by the action are filled into this
set
resetRA (optional)
Determines whether an active running arrangement that would prevent switching
action should be deactivated or not.
1 All running arrangements that cause blocking of relevant switches are
applied and reset automatically before the switching is performed.
0 (default) Active running arrangements are not reset. Blocked switches
will cause the switching action to fail
simulateOnly (optional)
Can be used to get the switches that would be changed. No switching is performed
if set to ‘1’. (default is ’0’)
R ETURNS
Iinformation about the success of the action:
S EE ALSO
WriteChangesToDb
See [Link]() for a detailed description.
None [Link]()
5.2.1 ElmArea
Overview
CalculateInterchangeTo
DefineBoundary
GetAll
GetBranches
GetBuses
GetObjs
CalculateInterchangeTo
Calculates interchange power to the given area (calculated quantities are: Pinter, Qinter, Pex-
port, Qexport, Pimort, Qimport). Prior the calculation the valid load flow calculation is required.
int [Link](DataObject area)
A RGUMENTS
area Area to which the interchange is calculated
R ETURNS
<0 Calculation error (i.e. no valid load flow, empty area...)
0 No interchange power to the given area
1 Interchange power calculated
DefineBoundary
Defines boundary with this area as interior part. Resulting cubicles of boundary are busbar-
oriented towards the area.
DataObject [Link](int shift)
A RGUMENTS
shift Elements outside the area that are within a distance of shift many elements to a
boundary cubicle of the area are added to the interior part of the resulting bound-
ary
R ETURNS
The defined boundary is returned in case of success. Otherwise NULL, if an error appeared
in the definition of the boundary.
GetAll
Returns all objects which belong to this area.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of contained objects.
GetBranches
Returns all branches which belong to this area.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of branch objects.
GetBuses
Returns all buses which belong to this area.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects.
GetObjs
Returns all objects of the given class which belong to this area.
list [Link](str classname)
A RGUMENTS
classname
Name of the class (i.e. ”ElmTr2”).
R ETURNS
The set of objects.
5.2.2 ElmAsm
Overview
GetAvailableGenPower
GetElecTorque
GetGroundingImpedance
GetMechTorque
GetMotorStartingFlag
GetStepupTransformer
IsPQ
GetAvailableGenPower
Returns the available power that can be dispatched from the generator, for the particular study
time.
For the case of conventional generators (no wind generation selected), the available power is
equal to the nominal power specified.
For wind generators, the available power will depend on the wind model specified:
R ETURNS
Available generation power
GetElecTorque
Calculates the electrical torque for a given speed and voltage.
float [Link](float speed,
float uReal,
[float addZReal,]
[float addZImag]
)
A RGUMENTS
speed speed value in p.u.
uReal voltage value (real part) in p.u.
addZReal (optional)
additional impedance (real part) in p.u.
addZImag (optional)
additional impedance (imaginary part) in p.u.
R ETURNS
Returns the calculated electrical torque.
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetMechTorque
Calculates the electrical torque for a given speed and voltage.
float [Link](float speed,
float uReal
)
A RGUMENTS
speed speed value in p.u.
uReal voltage value (real part) in p.u.
R ETURNS
Returns the calculated mechanical torque.
GetMotorStartingFlag
Returns the starting motor condition.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the motor starting condition. Possible values are:
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of the asynchronous machine.
DataObject [Link](float Voltage,
int swStatus
)
A RGUMENTS
hvVoltage
voltage level at which the search will stop
ignSwtStatus
consideration of switch status. Possible values are:
0 consider all switch status
1 ignore breaker status
2 ignore all switch status
R ETURNS
Returns the first collected step-up transformer object. It is empty if not found (e.g. start
terminal already at hvVoltage).
IsPQ
Informs whether or not it is a ”PQ” machine (constant Q control mode).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns 1 if it is a ”PQ” machine.
5.2.3 ElmAsmsc
Overview
GetAvailableGenPower
GetGroundingImpedance
GetStepupTransformer
GetAvailableGenPower
Returns the available power that can be dispatched from the generator, for the particular study
time.
For the case of conventional generators (no wind generation selected), the available power is
equal to the nominal power specified.
For wind generators, the available power will depend on the wind model specified:
R ETURNS
Available generation power
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of the asynchronous machine.
DataObject [Link](float Voltage,
int swStatus
)
A RGUMENTS
hvVoltage
voltage level at which the search will stop
ignSwtStatus
consideration of switch status. Possible values are:
R ETURNS
Returns the first collected step-up transformer object. It is empty if not found (e.g. start
terminal already at hvVoltage).
5.2.4 ElmBbone
Overview
CheckBbPath
GetBbOrder
GetCompleteBbPath
GetFOR
GetMeanCs
GetMinCs
GetTieOpenPoint
GetTotLength
HasGnrlMod
CheckBbPath
Check whether the backbone object is still valid. This means:
A RGUMENTS
outputMsg
1 Output resulting messages of check function.
0 Only check, no output of messages.
R ETURNS
0 Backbone is valid.
1 Backbone is invalid because of one or more of the above listed reasons.
GetBbOrder
Get order of backbone object, determined by backbone calculation according to the selected
criterion.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The order of the backbone object. The smaller the returned value, the better the backbone
according to chosen criterion. The order 1 is returned for the best backbone.
GetCompleteBbPath
Get the complete (ordered) path containing all terminals and connecting elements of the back-
bone.
list [Link](int iReverse,
[int iStopAtTieOpen = 0])
A RGUMENTS
AllElmsOnBb (out)
Ordered path containing all terminals and connecting elements of the backbone.
iReverse
0 Return ordered path from start feeder to end feeder
1 Return ordered path from end feeder to start feeder
iStopAtTieOpen
0 return complete path
GetFOR
Get aggregated forced outage rate (FOR) of all elements on the path of the backbone.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The aggregated forced outage rate (FOR) of all elements on the path of the backbone [in
1/a].
GetMeanCs
Get mean cross section value of all elements on the path of the backbone. Every cross section
value is weighted with the relative length corresponding to the total length of the backbone.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The mean cross section of the elements on the backbone path [in mm2].
GetMinCs
Get minimum cross section value of all elements on the path of the backbone. Optional: a set
with all elements on the backbone path featuring this cross section may be returned.
[float minCs,
set ElmsMinCs] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
ElmsMinCs
Elements on the backbone path featuring minimum cross section value.
R ETURNS
The minimum cross section of all elements on the backbone path [in mm2].
GetTieOpenPoint
Search and obtain the first open switching device (ElmCoup, StaSwitch) on the backbone path
(starting from the infeeding point of the starting feeder).
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The switching device (ElmCoup or StaSwitch) or None if backbone is invalid.
GetTotLength
Get total lenth of all elements on the path of the backbone.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The total length of the backbone path [in km].
HasGnrlMod
Check whether backbone object ElmBbone has a valid CalBbone where corresponding results
are stored. This is only the case after a backbone calculation by scoring method (until the
calculation is reset).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 ElmBbone has a calculation model,
0 no calculation model available.
5.2.5 ElmBmu
Overview
Apply
Update
Apply
Applies the power dispatch. Depending on the selected 'Distribution Mode ' this is done by a
built-in algorithm based on 'Merit Order' or by a user-defined DPL script that is stored in the
contents of the virtual power plant object.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success, no error occurred
1 error during dispatch by virtual power plant. Please note, a value of 1 is also
returned in case the power plant is current set out-of-service.
Update
Updates the list of machines in the tables: 'Dispatchable Machines' and 'Non-dispatchable
(fixed) Machines'.
None [Link]()
5.2.6 ElmBoundary
Overview
AddCubicle
CalcShiftedReversedBoundary
Clear
GetInterior
IsSplitting
Resize
Update
AddCubicle
Adds a given cubicle with given orientation to an existing boundary. The cubicle is added only if
it is not already contained within the boundary.
int [Link](DataObject cubicle,
int orientation
)
R ETURNS
0 cubicle was successfully added
1 cubicle was not added because it is already contained (including given orienta-
tion)
CalcShiftedReversedBoundary
Defines boundary where exterior and interior part of this boundary are exchanged. Resulting
boundary cubicles are branch-oriented.
[int error,
DataObject boundary] [Link](float shift)
A RGUMENTS
shift Elements that are within a distance of shift many elements to a boundary cubicle
of this boundary are added to the exterior part of the resulting boundary.
boundary (out)
Defined boundary.
R ETURNS
0 Successful call, boundary defined.
1 Error during determination of boundary cubicles.
Clear
Removes all boundary cubicles from an existing boundary.
None [Link]()
GetInterior
Returns a set of all elements that are contained in the interior region of the boundary.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the set of interior elements.
IsSplitting
Checks if the boundary splits the network into two regions. A boundary is called splitting, if and
only if, for each boundary cubicle, the adjacent terminal and the adjacent branch component
belong to different sides of the boundary.
[int isSplitting,
list notSplittingCubicles] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
notSplittingCubicles (optional, out)
All cubicles that prevent the boundary from being splitting are filled into this set.
R ETURNS
0 not splitting boundary
1 splitting boundary
Resize
Resizes the boundary cubicle vector or the cubicle orientation vector. It is strongly advised that
the size of both vectors must be the same.
None [Link](float size,
str name
)
A RGUMENTS
size size of the referenced vector (number of cubicles)
R ETURNS
If the resize is unsuccessful the error message shall be issued.
Update
Updates cached information (such as topological interiour). Required when boundary definition
was changed via DPL or Python.
None [Link]()
5.2.7 ElmBranch
Overview
Update
Update
Updates connection points and contained elements of the branch. If the branch element exter-
nally modified by the user, then the update shall refresh all connections in the correct manner.
Behaves same as the update button within the ElmBranch.
None [Link]()
5.2.8 ElmCabsys
Overview
FitParams
GetLineCable
Update
FitParams
Calculates distributed parameters for cable system elements. Whether this function calculates
constant parameters or frequency dependent parameters depends on the user setting of the
parameter 'i model' in the ElmCabsys dialog. The settings are as follows: i model=0: constant
parameters; i model=1: frequency dependent parameters.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
GetLineCable
Gets cable type for the corresponding line, within the cable system.
R ETURNS
cable type on success
None on error
DataObject [Link]()
Update
Updates cable system element depending on configuration of the associated cable system
type.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 On success.
0 On error.
5.2.9 ElmComp
Overview
SlotUpdate
SlotUpdate
Performs a slot update for the composite model, to try to reassign each model found in the
composite model contents to the corresponding slot.
None [Link]()
D EPRECATED N AMES
Slotupd
5.2.10 ElmCoup
Overview
Close
GetRemoteBreakers
IsBreaker
IsClosed
IsOpen
Open
Close
Closes the switch by changing its status to ’close’. This action will fail if the status is currently
determined by an active running arrangement.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success
6= 0 On error
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetRemoteBreakers
Returns the remote circuit breakers and connected bus bars.
This information is determined by a topological search that starts at given breaker in all direc-
tions, stopping at
A RGUMENTS
desiredBreakerState
Only breakers with given status are collected.
IsBreaker
Checks if type of current switch is ’circuit-breaker’.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is a circuit-breaker,
0 switch is not a circuit-breaker
IsClosed
Returns information about current switch state.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is closed
0 switch is open
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsOpen
Returns information about current switch state.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is open
0 switch is closed
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Open
Opens the switch by changing its status to ’open’. This action will fail if the status is currently
determined by an active running arrangement.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success
6= 0 On error
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
5.2.11 ElmDsl
Overview
ExportToClipboard
ExportToFile
ExportToClipboard
Export the parameter list to clipboard.
None [Link]([str colSeparator],
[int useLocalHeader]
)
A RGUMENTS
colSeparator (optional)
Separator between the columns (default: tab character).
useLocalHeader (optional)
Use the localised version of the header. Possible values are:
1 Yes (default).
0 No (use English language header).
ExportToFile
Export the parameter list to CSV file(s).
None [Link](str filePath,
[str colSeparator],
[int useLocalHeader]
)
A RGUMENTS
filePath Path of the CSV target file. In case of array and matrix parameters (names: “ar-
ray NAME” and “matrix NAME”), additional CSV files are created in the same lo-
cation with names obtained by appending “ array NAME” and “ matrix NAME” to
the target file name.
colSeparator (optional)
Separator between the columns (default: “;”).
useLocalHeader (optional)
Use the localised version of the header. Possible values are:
1 Yes (default).
0 No (use English language header).
5.2.12 ElmFeeder
Overview
CalcAggrVarsInRadFeed
GetAll
GetBranches
GetBuses
GetNodesBranches
GetObjs
CalcAggrVarsInRadFeed
Computes all the aggregated variables in radial feeders.
int [Link]([int lookForRoot,]
[int considerNested])
A RGUMENTS
lookForRoot (optional)
Calculates the variables from the deepest root. Possible values are:
R ETURNS
Returns whether or not the aggregated variables were calculated. Possible values are:
GetAll
Returns a set with all objects belonging to this feeder.
list [Link]([int iNested])
A RGUMENTS
iNested (optional)
Affects the collection of objects in case of nested feeders:
0 Only the objects of this feeder will be returned.
1 (default) All elements including those of nested feeders will be re-
turned.
R ETURNS
The set of network elements belonging to this feeder. Can be empty.
GetBranches
Returns a set with all branch elements belonging to this feeder.
list [Link]([int iNested])
A RGUMENTS
iNested (optional)
Affects the collection of objects in case of nested feeders:
0 Only the objects of this feeder will be returned.
1 (default) All elements including those of nested feeders will be re-
turned.
R ETURNS
The set of bus and branch elements in feeder.
GetBuses
Returns a set with all buses belonging to this feeder.
list [Link]([int iNested])
A RGUMENTS
iNested (optional)
Affects the collection of objects in case of nested feeders:
0 Only the objects of this feeder will be returned.
1 (default) All elements including those of nested feeders will be re-
turned.
R ETURNS
The set of bus elements in feeder.
GetNodesBranches
Returns a set with all buses and branches belonging to this feeder.
list [Link]([int iNested])
A RGUMENTS
iNested (optional)
Affects the collection of objects in case of nested feeders:
0 Only the objects of this feeder will be returned.
1 (default) All elements including those of nested feeders will be re-
turned.
R ETURNS
The set of bus and branch elements in feeder.
GetObjs
Returns a set with all objects of class 'ClassName' which belong to this feeder.
list [Link](str ClassName,
[int iNested])
A RGUMENTS
iNested (optional)
Affects the collection of objects in case of nested feeders:
R ETURNS
The set of feeder objects.
5.2.13 ElmFile
Overview
LoadFile
SaveFile
LoadFile
(Re)Loads the file into a buffer.
int [Link]([int loadComplete = 1])
A RGUMENTS
loadComplete (optional)
0 Removes all points in the future simulation time and adds all points
from the file (including the current interpolated value).
1 Clears the buffer and reloads the complete file (default).
R ETURNS
0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
SaveFile
Saves the buffer and overwrites the file.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
5.2.14 ElmFilter
Overview
GetGroundingImpedance
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding. Single phase filters connected to neutral are
considered as grounding devices themselves; i.e. instead of the dedicated grounding parame-
ters, the filters parameters are used.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
5.2.15 ElmGenstat
Overview
Derate
Disconnect
GetAvailableGenPower
GetGroundingImpedance
GetStepupTransformer
IsConnected
Reconnect
ResetDerating
Derate
Derates the value of the Max. Active Power Rating according to the specified value given in
MW.
The following formula is used: P max uc = P max uc − ”Deratingvalue”.
None [Link](float deratingP)
A RGUMENTS
deratingP Derating value
Disconnect
Disconnects a static generator by opening the first circuit breaker. The topological search per-
formed to find such a breaker, stops at any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 breaker already open or successfully opened
1 an error occurred (no breaker found, open action not possible (earthing / RA))
GetAvailableGenPower
Returns the available power that can be dispatched from the generator, for the particular study
time.
For the case of conventional generators (no wind generation selected), the available power is
equal to the nominal power specified.
For wind generators, the available power will depend on the wind model specified:
• Time Series Characteristics of Wind Speed: The available power is calculated with the
average of the power values (in MW) calculated for all the specified time characteristics.
A power value for any time characteristic is calculated by obtaining the wind speed for the
current study time, and then calculating the power from the specified Power Curve. If the
units of the Power Curve are in MW, the returned value is directly the power value. In the
other hand, if the units are in PU, the returned value is multiplied by the nominal power of
the generator to return the power value.
R ETURNS
Available generation power
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of the static generator.
DataObject [Link](float voltage,
int swStatus
)
A RGUMENTS
voltage voltage level at which the search will stop
swStatus consideration of switch status. Possible values are:
0 consider all switch status
1 ignore breaker status
2 ignore all switch status
R ETURNS
Returns the first collected step-up transformer object. It is empty if not found (e.g. start
terminal already at hvVoltage).
IsConnected
Checks if generator is topologically connected to any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 false, not connected to a busbar
1 true, generator is connected to a busbar
Reconnect
Connects a static generator by closing all switches (breakers and isolators) up to the first breaker
on the HV side of a transformer. The topological search to find all the switches, stops at any
busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 the machine was successfully closed
1 a error occurred and the machine could not be connected to any busbar
ResetDerating
Resets the derating value, setting the Max. Active Power Rating according to the rating factor.
The following formula is used: P max uc = pmaxratf ∗ P n ∗ ngnum.
None [Link]()
5.2.16 ElmGndswt
Overview
Close
GetGroundingImpedance
IsClosed
IsOpen
Open
Close
Closes the switch by changing its status to ’close’. If closed, the connected node will be consid-
ered as being earthed.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1, always
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding. ElmGndswt is only considered to have an
internal grounding if it is single phase and connected to neutral.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
IsClosed
Returns information about current switch state.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is closed
0 switch is open
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsOpen
Returns information about current switch state.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is open
0 switch is closed
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Open
Opens the switch by changing its status to ’open’.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0, always
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
5.2.17 ElmLne
Overview
AreDistParamsPossible
CreateFeederWithRoutes
FitParams
GetIthr
GetType
GetY0m
GetY1m
GetZ0m
GetZ1m
GetZmatDist
HasRoutes
HasRoutesOrSec
IsCable
IsNetCoupling
MeasureLength
SetDetailed
AreDistParamsPossible
Check if the line fulfills conditions for the calculation of distributed parameters:
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The returned value are:
CreateFeederWithRoutes
Creates a new feeder in the line by splitting the line into 2 routes and inserting a terminal.
int [Link](float dis,
float rem,
DataObject O)
int [Link](float dis,
float rem,
DataObject O,
[int sw0,]
[int sw1])
A RGUMENTS
dis Inserting operation occurs after this distance
rem Remaining distance, percentage of distance ’dis’
O Branch object that is to be connected at the inserted terminal
R ETURNS
0 Success, feeders created
1 Error
FitParams
Calculates distributed parameters for line elements. Whether this function calculates constant
parameters or frequency dependent parameters depends on the user setting of the parameter
'i model' in the ElmLne dialogue. The settings are as follows: i model=0: constant parameters;
i model=1: frequency dependent parameters.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Success
1 Error
GetIthr
Returns the rated short-time current of the line element.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns rated short-time current value
GetType
Returns the line type object.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
The TypLne object if exists or None
GetY0m
The function returns the zero-sequence mutual coupling admittance (G0m, B0m) in Ohm of the
line and input argument line (object Lne2). When Lne2 = line, the function returns the zero-
sequence self admittance.
[int error,
float G0m,
float B0m ] ElmLne.GetY0m(DataObject Lne2)
A RGUMENTS
Lne2 Line element
G0m (out)
Resulting G0m value
B0m (out)
Resulting B0m value
R ETURNS
0 Success, data obtained
1 Error, e.g. no coupling objects defined
GetY1m
The function returns the positive-sequence mutual coupling admittance (G1m, B1m) in Ohm
of the line and input argument line (object Lne2). When Lne2 = line, the function returns the
positive-sequence self admittance.
[int error,
float G1m,
float B1m ] ElmLne.GetY1m (DataObject Lne2)
A RGUMENTS
Lne2 Line element
G1m (out)
Resulting G1m value
B1m (out)
Resulting B1m value
R ETURNS
0 Success, data obtained
1 Error, e.g. no coupling objects defined
GetZ0m
Gets the zero-sequence mutual coupling impedance (R0m, X0m) in Ohm of the line and input
argument line (object otherLine). When otherLine = line, the function returns the zero-sequence
self impedance.
[int error,
float R0m,
float X0m ] ElmLne.GetZ0m(DataObject otherLine)
A RGUMENTS
otherLine Line element
R0m (out)
To be obtained R0m value
X0m (out)
To be obtained X0m value
R ETURNS
0 Success, data obtained
1 Error, e.g. no coupling objects defined
GetZ1m
The function returns the positive-sequence mutual coupling impedance (R1m, X1m) in Ohm
of the line and input argument line (object Lne2). When Lne2 = line, the function returns the
positive-sequence self impedance.
[int error,
float R1m,
float X1m ] ElmLne.GetZ1m(DataObject Lne2)
A RGUMENTS
Lne2 Line element
R1m (out)
Resulting R1m value
X1m (out)
Resulting X1m value
R ETURNS
0 Success, data obtained
1 Error, e.g. no coupling objects defined
GetZmatDist
The function gets impedance matrix in phase domain (only amplitudes), for a line with distributed
parameters, short-circuit ended.
int [Link](float frequency,
int exact,
DataObject matrix)
A RGUMENTS
frequency
Frequency for which the calculation is carried out
exact 0: Approximated solution, 1: Exact solution for ‘frequency’
R ETURNS
The returned value reports if the impedance matrix acquired:
HasRoutes
Checks if the line is subdivided into routes.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 When the line is a single line
1 When the line is subdivided into routes
HasRoutesOrSec
Checks if the line is subdivided into routes or sections.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 When the line is a single line
1 When the line is subdivided into routes
2 When the line is subdivided into sections
IsCable
Checks if this line is a cable.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Line is a cable
0 Line is not a cable
IsNetCoupling
Checks if the line connects two grids.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The returned value reports if the line is a coupler:
MeasureLength
Measures the length of this line using the active diagram. For graphical measurement the active
diagram needs to have a scaling factor. Geographic diagrams by default have a scaling factor.
If iUseGraphic = 1, the line length is determined directly from the positions given in (latitude/lon-
gitude) considering the earth as a perfect sphere. In this case no graphic needs to be open.
float [Link]([int iUseGraphic])
A RGUMENTS
iUseGraphic (optional)
Use SGL diagram for calculation or not.
R ETURNS
≥0 Returns the graphical length of this line in its current unit
<0 Error: E.g. when line is not represented in the active diagram and iUseGraphic=1
SetDetailed
The function can be used to prevent the automatically reduction of a line e.g. if the line is a line
dropper (length = 0). The function should be called when no calculation method is valid (before
first load flow). The internal flag is automatically reset after the first calculation is executed.
int [Link]()
5.2.18 ElmLnesec
Overview
IsCable
IsCable
Checks if this line section is a cable.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Line section is a cable
0 Line section is not a cable
-1 Error
5.2.19 ElmNec
Overview
GetGroundingImpedance
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
5.2.20 ElmNet
Overview
Activate
CalculateInterchangeTo
Deactivate
DefineBoundary
Activate
Adds a grid to the active study case. Can only be applied if there are is no currently active
calculation (i.e. running contingency analysis).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
CalculateInterchangeTo
This function calculates the power flow from current grid to a connected grid. The values are
stored in current grid in the following attributes (values from the previous load flow calculation
are overwritten):
A RGUMENTS
net Connected grid
R ETURNS
<0 error
=0 grids are not connected, no interchange exists
>0 ok
Deactivate
Removes a grid from the active study [Link] only be applied if there are is no currently active
calculation.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
DefineBoundary
Defines boundary with this grid as interior part. Resulting cubicles of boundary are busbar-
oriented towards the grid.
DataObject [Link](int shift)
A RGUMENTS
shift Elements outside the grid that are within a distance of shift many elements to a
boundary cubicle of the grid are added to the interior part of the resulting bound-
ary
R ETURNS
The defined boundary is returned in case of success. Otherwise NULL, if an error appeared
in the definition of the boundary.
5.2.21 ElmPvsys
Overview
Derate
Disconnect
GetAvailableGenPower
GetGroundingImpedance
IsConnected
Reconnect
ResetDerating
Derate
Derates the value of the Max. Active Power Rating according to the specified value given in
MW.
The following formula is used: P max uc = P max uc − ”Deratingvalue”.
None [Link](float deratingP)
A RGUMENTS
deratingP Derating value
Disconnect
Disconnects a PV system by opening the first circuit breaker. The topological search performed
to find such a breaker, stops at any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 breaker already open or successfully opened
1 an error occurred (no breaker found, open action not possible (earthing / RA))
GetAvailableGenPower
Returns the available power that can be dispatched from the generator, for the particular study
time.
For the case of conventional generators (no wind generation selected), the available power is
equal to the nominal power specified.
For wind generators, the available power will depend on the wind model specified:
R ETURNS
Available generation power
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
IsConnected
Checks if a PV system is already connected to any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 false, not connected to a busbar
1 true, generator is connected to a busbar
Reconnect
Connects a PV system by closing all switches (breakers and isolators) up to the first breaker
on the HV side of a transformer. The topological search to find all the switches, stops at any
busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 the machine was successfully closed
1 a error occurred and the machine could not be connected to any busbar
ResetDerating
Resets the derating value, setting the Max. Active Power Rating according to the rating factor.
The following formula is used: P max uc = pmaxratf ∗ P n ∗ ngnum.
None [Link]()
5.2.22 ElmRelay
Overview
CheckRanges
GetCalcRX
GetMaxFdetectCalcI
GetSlot
GetUnom
IsStarted
SetImpedance
SetMaxI
SetMaxIearth
SetMinI
SetMinIearth
SetOutOfService
SetTime
SlotUpdate
DIgSILENT PowerFactory 2018, Python Function Reference 103
Chapter 5. Object Methods
CheckRanges
Checks the settings of all elements in the relay for range violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 All settings are valid.
1 At least one setting was forced into range.
-1 An error occurred.
GetCalcRX
Gets the calculated impedance from the polarising unit.
[int error,
float real,
float imag ] [Link](int inSec,
int unit)
A RGUMENTS
inSec
0 Get the value in pri. Ohm.
1 Get the value in sec. Ohm.
unit
0 Get the value from Phase-Phase or Multifunctional polarizing.
1 Get the value from Phase-Earth or Multifunctional polarizing.
2 Get the value from Multifunctional polarizing
real (out) Real part of the impedance in Ohm.
imag (out)
Imaginary part of the impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 No error occurred, the output is valid.
1 An error occurred, the output is invalid.
GetMaxFdetectCalcI
Get the current measured by the starting unit.
[int error,
float Iabs ] [Link](int earth,
int unit
)
A RGUMENTS
Iabs (out) The measured current in A
earth
0 Get the phase current.
unit
0 Get the current in pri. A.
1 Get the current in sec. A.
R ETURNS
0 No error, output is valid.
1 An error occourred, the output is invalid.
GetSlot
Returns the element in the slot with the given name.
DataObject [Link](str name,
[int iShowErr]
)
A RGUMENTS
name Exact name of the slot to search for (no wildcards).
iShowErr (optional)
0 Do not show error messages.
1 Show error messages if a slot is not found or empty.
R ETURNS
The object in the slot or None.
GetUnom
Returns the nominal voltage of the local bus of the relay.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The nominal voltage of the local bus of the relay in kV.
IsStarted
Checks if the starting unit detected a fault.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No fault was detected.
1 Fault was detected.
-1 An error occourred.
SetImpedance
Sets the the given impedance to the distance blocks matching the criteria.
int [Link](float real,
float imag,
int inSec,
int zone,
int unit
)
int [Link](float real,
float imag,
float lineAngle,
float Rarc,
int inSec,
int zone,
int unit
)
A RGUMENTS
real Real part of the impedance in Ohm.
imag Imaginary part of the impedance in Ohm.
inSec
0 The values are in pri. Ohm.
1 The values are in sec. Ohm.
zone Set the impedance for elments with this zone number.
unit
0 Set the impedance for Phase - Phase or Multifunctional elements.
1 Set the impedance for Phase - Earth or Multifunctional elements.
2 Set the impedance for Multifunctional elements.
A RGUMENTS
real Real part of the impedance in Ohm.
imag Imaginary part of the impedance in Ohm.
lineAngle The line angle in deg.
Rarc The arc resistance in Ohm.
inSec
0 The values are in pri. Ohm.
1 The values are in sec. Ohm.
zone Set the impedance for elments with this zone number.
unit
0 Set the impedance for Phase - Phase or Multifunctional elements.
1 Set the impedance for Phase - Earth or Multifunctional elements.
2 Set the impedance for Multifunctional elements.
R ETURNS
0 No error occurred.
1 An error occurred or no element was found.
SetMaxI
Sets the “Max. Phase Fault Current” of the relay to the currently measured value.
None [Link]()
SetMaxIearth
Sets the “Max. Earth Fault Current” of the relay to the currently measured value.
None [Link]()
SetMinI
Sets the “Min. Phase Fault Current” of the relay to the currently measured value.
None [Link]()
SetMinIearth
Sets the “Min. Earth Fault Current” of the relay to the currently measured value.
None [Link]()
SetOutOfService
Sets the “Out of Service” flag of elements contained in the relay.
int [Link](int outServ,
int type,
int zone
int unit
)
A RGUMENTS
outServ
0 Set elements in service.
1 Set Elements out of service.
type
1 Set the flag for overcurrent elements.
2 Set the flag for distance elements.
zone Set the flag for elments with this zone number (only when settings distance ele-
ments).
unit
0 Set the flag for Phase-Phase or Multifunctional elements.
1 Set the flag for Phase-Earth or Multifunctional elements.
2 Set the flag for Multifunctional elements.
R ETURNS
0 No error occurred.
1 An error occurred or no element was found.
SetTime
Sets the tripping time for elements contained in the relay.
int [Link](float time,
int type,
int zone,
int unit
)
A RGUMENTS
time Time in s.
type
1 Set the time for overcurrent elements.
2 Set the time for distance elements.
zone Set the time for elments with this zone number (only when settings distance ele-
ments).
unit
0 Set the time for Phase-Phase or Multifunctional elements.
1 Set the time for Phase-Earth or Multifunctional elements.
2 Set the time for Multifunctional elements.
R ETURNS
0 No error occurred.
1 An error occurred or no element was found.
SlotUpdate
Triggers a slot update of the relay.
None [Link]()
D EPRECATED N AMES
slotupd
5.2.23 ElmRes
Overview
AddVariable
Clear
FindColumn
FindMaxInColumn
FindMaxOfVariableInRow
FindMinInColumn
FindMinOfVariableInRow
FinishWriting
Flush
GetDescription
GetFirstValidObject
GetFirstValidObjectVariable
GetFirstValidVariable
GetNextValidObject
GetNextValidObjectVariable
GetNextValidVariable
GetNumberOfColumns
GetNumberOfRows
GetObj
GetObject
GetRelCase
GetSubElmRes
GetUnit
GetValue
GetVariable
InitialiseWriting
Load
Release
SetAsDefault
SetObj
SetSubElmResKey
SortAccordingToColumn
Write
WriteDraw
AddVariable
Adds a variable to the list of monitored variables for the Result object.
None [Link](DataObject element,
str varname)
A RGUMENTS
element An object.
D EPRECATED N AMES
AddVars
Clear
Clears all data (calculation results) written to the result file. The Variable definitions stored in
the contents of ElmRes are not modified.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Always 0 and can be ignored.
FindColumn
Returns the index of the first header column matching the given object and/or variable name.
int [Link](DataObject obj,
[str varName]
)
int [Link](DataObject obj,
[int startCol]
)
int [Link](DataObject obj,
str varName
)
A RGUMENTS
obj (optional)
Object of matching column
varName (optional)
Variable name of matching column
startCol (optional)
Index of first checked column; Search starts at first column if colIndex is not given
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
The index can be used in the ElmRes method GetData to retrieve the value of the column.
FindMaxInColumn
Find the maximum value of the variable in the given column.
[int row,
float value] [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column The column index.
value (optional, out)
The maximum value found. The value is 0. in case that the maximum value was
not found.
R ETURNS
<0 The maximum value of column was not found.
≥0 The row with the maximum value of the column.
FindMaxOfVariableInRow
Find the maximum value for the given row and variable.
[int col,
float maxValue] [Link](str variable,
int row)
A RGUMENTS
variable The variable name
variable The row
maxValue (optional)
The corresponding maximum value.
R ETURNS
<0 There is no valid value of the corresponding variable in the row.
≥0 Column index of variable.
FindMinInColumn
Find the minimum value of the variable in the given column.
[int row,
float value] [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column The column index.
R ETURNS
<0 The minimum value of column was not found.
≥0 The row with the minimum value of the column.
FindMinOfVariableInRow
Find the minimum value for the given row and variable.
[int col,
float minValue] [Link](str variable,
int row)
A RGUMENTS
variable The variable name
variable The row
minValue (optional, out)
The corresponding minimum value.
R ETURNS
<0 There is no valid value of the corresponding variable in the row.
≥0 Column index of variable.
FinishWriting
Finishes the writing of values to a result file.
None [Link]()
D EPRECATED N AMES
Close
S EE ALSO
Flush
This function is required in scripts which perform both file writing and reading operations. While
writing to a results object (ElmRes), a small portion of this data is buffered in memory. This
is required for performance reasons. Therefore, all data must be written to the disk before
attempting to read the file. 'Flush' copies all data buffered in memory to the disk. After calling
'Flush'all data is available to be read from the file.
int [Link]()
GetDescription
Get the description of a column.
str [Link]([int column],
[int short]
)
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The description name of the default variable is returned if the
parameter is nor passed to the function.
short (optional)
0 long desc. (default)
1 short description
R ETURNS
Returns the description which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the data.
GetFirstValidObject
Gets the index of the column for the first valid variable in the given line. Starts at the beginning
of the given line and sets the internal iterator of the result file to the found position.
int [Link](int row,
[str classNames]
[str variableName,]
[float limit,]
[int limitOperator,]
[float limit2,]
[int limitOperator2]
)
int [Link](int row,
list objects
)
A RGUMENTS
row Result file row
classNames (optional)
Comma separated list of class names for valid objects. The next object of one
of the given classes is searched. If not set all objects are considered as valid
(default).
variableName (optional)
Name of the limiting variable. The searched object must have this variable. If not
set variables are not considered (default).
limit (optional)
Limiting value for the variable.
limitOperator (optional)
Operator for checking the limiting value:
0 all values are valid (default)
1 valid values must be < limit
2 valid values must be ≤ limit
3 valid values must be > limit
4 valid values must be ≥ limit
limit2 (optional)
Second limiting value for the variable.
limitOperator2 (optional)
Operator for checking the second limiting value:
<0 first OR second criterion must match,
>0 first AND second criterion must match,
0 all values are valid (default)
1/-1 valid values must be < limit2
2/-2 valid values must be ≤ limit2
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
GetFirstValidObjectVariable
Gets the index of the first valid variable of the current object in the current line. Starts at the
internal iterator of the given result file and sets it to the position found.
int [Link]([str variableNames])
A RGUMENTS
variableNames (optional)
Comma separated list of valid variable names. The next column with one of the
given variables is searched. If empty all variables of the current object are consid-
ered as valid (default).
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
GetFirstValidVariable
Gets the index of the column for the first valid variable in the given line. Starts at the beginning
of the given line and sets the internal iterator of the result file to the found position.
int [Link](int row,
[str variableNames]
)
A RGUMENTS
row Result file row
variableNames (optional)
Comma separated list of valid variable names. The next column with one of the
given variables is searched. If not set all variables are considered as valid (de-
fault).
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
GetNextValidObject
Gets the index of the column for the next valid variable (after current iterator) in the given line.
Sets the internal iterator of the result file to the position found.
A RGUMENTS
row Result file row
classNames (optional)
Comma separated list of class names for valid objects. The next object of one
of the given classes is searched. If not set all objects are considered as valid
(default).
variableName (optional)
Name of the limiting variable. The searched object must have this variable. If not
set variables are not considered (default).
limit (optional)
Limiting value for the variable.
limitOperator (optional)
Operator for checking the limiting value:
0 all values are valid (default)
1 valid values must be < limit
2 valid values must be ≤ limit
3 valid values must be > limit
4 valid values must be ≥ limit
limit2 (optional)
Second limiting value for the variable.
limitOperator2 (optional)
Operator for checking the second limiting value:
<0 first OR second criterion must match,
>0 first AND second criterion must match,
0 all values are valid (default)
1/-1 valid values must be < limit2
2/-2 valid values must be ≤ limit2
3/-3 valid values must be > limit2
4/-4 valid values must be ≥ limit2
objects Valid objects
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
GetNextValidObjectVariable
Gets the index of the column for the next valid variable of the current object in the current line.
Starts at the internal iterator of the given result file and sets it to the found position.
int [Link]([str variableNames])
A RGUMENTS
variableNames (optional)
Comma separated list of valid variable names. The next column with one of the
given variables is searched. If not set all variables are considered as valid (de-
fault).
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
GetNextValidVariable
Gets the index of the column for the next valid variable in the given line. Starts at the internal
iterator of the given line and sets the internal iterator of the result file to the found position.
int [Link]([str variableNames])
A RGUMENTS
variableNames (optional)
Comma separated list of valid variable names. The next column with one of the
given variables is searched. If not set all variables are considered as valid (de-
fault).
R ETURNS
≥0 column index
<0 no valid column found
GetNumberOfColumns
Returns the number of variables (columns) in result file excluding the default variable (e.g. time
for time domain simulation).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Number of variables (columns) in result file.
GetNumberOfRows
Returns the number of values per column (rows) stored in result object.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the number of values per column stored in result object.
GetObj
Returns an object used in the result file. Positive index means objects for which parameters
are being monitored (i.e. column objects). Negative index means objects which occur in written
result rows as values.
DataObject [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index index of the object.
R ETURNS
The object found or None.
GetObject
Get object of given column.
DataObject [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
col Column index. Object of default column is returned if col is not passed.
R ETURNS
The object of the variable stored in column ’column’.
GetRelCase
Get the contingency object for the given case number from the reliability result file.
DataObject [Link](int caseNumber)
A RGUMENTS
caseNumber
The reliability case number
R ETURNS
Returns the contingency of case number. None is returned if there is no corresponding
contingency.
GetSubElmRes
Get sub-result file stored inside this.
DataObject [Link](int value)
DataObject [Link](DataObject obj)
A RGUMENTS
value The cnttime to look for
obj The pResElm to look for
R ETURNS
None The sub result file with value=cnttime (obj=pResElm) was not found.
any other value The sub result file with value=cnttime (obj=pResElm).
GetUnit
Get the unit of a column.
str [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The unit of the default variable is returned if the parameter is
nor passed to the function.
R ETURNS
Returns the unit which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the data.
GetValue
Returns a value from a result object for row iX of curve col.
[int error,
float d ] [Link](int iX,
[int col])
A RGUMENTS
d (out) The value retrieved from the data.
iX The row.
col (optional)
The curve number, which equals the variable or column number, first column value
(time,index, etc.) is returned when omitted.
R ETURNS
0 when ok
1 when iX out of bound
2 when col out of bound
3 when invalid value is returned from a sparse file. Sparse files are written e.g. by
the contingency, the value is invalid in case that it was not written, bcause it was
below the recording limit. Result files created using DPL/Python are always full
and will not return invalid values.
GetVariable
Get variable name of column
str [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The variable name of the default variable is returned if the
parameter is nor passed to the function.
R ETURNS
Returns the variable name which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the
data.
InitialiseWriting
Opens the result object for writing. This function must be called before writing data for result
files not stored in the script object. If arguments are passed to the function they specify the
variable name, unit... of the default variable (e.g. to be used by plots as x-axis).
int [Link]()
int [Link](str variableName,
str unit,
str description,
[str shortDescription]
)
A RGUMENTS
variableName
The variable name for the default variable (e.g. “distance”)
unit The unit (e.g. “km”)
description
The description of the variable (e.g. “Distance from infeed”)
shortDescription
The short description (e.g. “Dist. Infeed”)
R ETURNS
Always 0 and can be ignored
D EPRECATED N AMES
Init
S EE ALSO
Load
Loads the data of a result object (ElmRes) in memory for reading.
None [Link]()
Release
Releases the data loaded to memory. This function should be used whenever several result
objects are processed in a loop. Data is always released from memory automatically after
execution of the current script.
None [Link]()
SetAsDefault
Sets this results object as the default results object. Plots using the default result file will use
this file for displaying data.
None [Link]()
SetObj
Adds an object to the objects assigned to the result file
int [Link](DataObject element)
A RGUMENTS
element Element to store in result file
R ETURNS
The index which can be used to retrieve the object from the results file. The index is < 0 if
no results are recorded for the given object (e.g. a contingency in reliability calculation). The
index is ≥ if variables are recorded for the object.
SetSubElmResKey
Assigns a value or an object to the according ElmRes parameter.
None [Link](int value)
None [Link](DataObject obj)
A RGUMENTS
value Value to be assigned to parameter cnttime of ElmRes
value Object to be assigned to parameter pResElm of ElmRes
SortAccordingToColumn
Sorts all rows in the data loaded according to the given column. The ElmRes itself remains
unchanged.
int [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
col The column number.
R ETURNS
0 The function executed correctly, the data was sorted correctly according to the
given column.
1 The column with index column does not exist.
Write
Writes the current results to the result object.
int [Link]([float defaultValue])
R ETURNS
0 on success
S EE ALSO
WriteDraw
Writes current results to the result objects and updates all plots that display values from the
result object.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
5.2.24 ElmShnt
Overview
GetGroundingImpedance
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding. Single phase shunts connected to neutral are
considered as grounding devices themselves; i.e. instead of the dedicated grounding parame-
ters, the shunt parameters are used.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
5.2.25 ElmStactrl
Overview
GetControlledHVNode
GetControlledLVNode
GetStepupTransformer
Info
GetControlledHVNode
Returns the corresponding voltage controlled HV node for the machine at the specified index.
Switch status are always considered.
DataObject [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index Index of machine (starting from 0 − . . . ).
R ETURNS
object Busbar/Terminal ()
None not found
GetControlledLVNode
Returns the corresponding voltage controlled LV node for the machine at specified index. Switch
status are always considered.
DataObject [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index Index of machine (starting from 0 − . . . ).
R ETURNS
object Terminal ()
None not found
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of the machine at the specified
index.
DataObject [Link]([int index,]
[int iBrkMode]
)
A RGUMENTS
index Index of machine (starting from 0 − . . . ).
iBrkMode (optional)
0 (default) All switch status (open,close) are considered
1 Ignore breaker status (jump over open breakers)
2 Ignore all switch status (jump over open switches)
R ETURNS
object step-up transformer
None step-up transformer not found
Info
Prints the control information in the output window. It is the same information that the button
”Info” of the Station Control dialog prints.
int [Link]()
5.2.26 ElmSubstat
Overview
ApplyAndResetRA
GetSplit
GetSplitCal
GetSplitIndex
GetSuppliedElements
OverwriteRA
ResetRA
SaveAsRA
SetRA
ApplyAndResetRA
This function applies switch statuses of currently selected running arrangement to correspond-
ing switches and resets the running arrangement selection afterwards. Nothing happens if no
running arrangement is selected.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 on success
0 otherwise, especially if no running arrangement is selected
GetSplit
A split of a station is a group of topologically connected elements. Such a group is called split
if all contained components are energized and there is at least one busbar (terminal of usage
'busbar') contained or it has connections to at least two main components (= all components
A RGUMENTS
index Index of the split used to access the elements of the corresponding split. Value
must be ≥ 0.
mainNodes (out)
Terminals of same usage considered to form the most important nodes for that
group. In most cases, this is the group of contained busbars.
R ETURNS
0 success, split of that index exists and is returned.
1 indicates that there exists no split with given index. (Moreover, this means that
there is no split with index n greater than this value.)
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
GetSplitCal
This function determines the elements that belong to a split. In contrast to [Link]()
it is based on calculation instead of pure edit object topology. This means the returned nodes
correspond to the calculation nodes, the interconnecting cubicles are those connecting nodes
of different splits.
Note: As this function relies on calculation nodes it can only be executed after a calculation has
been performed (e.g. load flow calculation).
[int error,
list nodes,
list connectionCubicles,
list elements ] [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index Index of the split used to access the elements of the corresponding split. Refers
to same split as index in [Link]().
Value must be ≥ 0.
nodes (out)
A set that is filled with terminals. There is one terminal returned for each calcula-
tion node in the split.
connectionCubicles (optional, out)
This set is filled with all cubicles that point from a calculation node of current split
to another calculation node that does not belong to that split. The connecting
element can be accessed by calling GetBranch() on such a cubicle.
elements (optional, out)
This set is filled with network elements that are connected to a calculation node of
current split and have exactly one connection, i.e. these elements are completely
contained in the split.
R ETURNS
0 success, split of that index exists and is returned.
1 indicates that there exists no split with given index. (Moreover, this means that
there is no split with index n greater than this value.)
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetSplitIndex
This function returns the index of the split that contains passed object.
int [Link](DataObject o)
A RGUMENTS
o Object for which the split index is to be determined.
R ETURNS
≥0 index of split in which element is contained
-1 given object does not belong to any split of that station
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetSuppliedElements
Returns all network components that are supplied by the transformers located in the station.
list [Link]([int inclNested])
A RGUMENTS
inclNested (optional)
0 Do not include components that are supplied by nested supplying sta-
tions
1 (default) Include components that are supplied by nested stations
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
OverwriteRA
This function overwrites switch statuses stored in an existing running arrangement with actual
switch statuses of the substation. This is only possible if the substation has no running arrange-
ment selected and given running arrangement is valid for substation the method was called
on.
int [Link](DataObject ra)
A RGUMENTS
ra Given running arrangement
R ETURNS
1 If given running arrangement was successfully overwritten;
0 otherwise
ResetRA
This function resets the running arrangement selection for the substation it was called on.
None [Link]()
SaveAsRA
When called on a substation that has no running arrangement selected, a new running arrange-
ment is created and all switch statuses of all running arrangement relevant switches (for that
substation) are saved in it. The running arrangement is stored in project folder Running Ar-
rangement” and its name is set to given locname. The new running arrangement is not selected
automatically.
(No new running arrangement is created if this method is called on a substation that has cur-
rently a running arrangement selected).
DataObject [Link](str locname)
A RGUMENTS
locname Name of the new running arrangement (if name is already used, an increment
(postfix) is added to make it unique).
R ETURNS
Newly created 'IntRunarrange' object on success, otherwise None.
SetRA
This function sets the running arrangement selection for the substation it was called on. The
switch statuses are now determined by the values stored in the running arrangement.
int [Link](DataObject ra)
A RGUMENTS
ra running arrangement that is valid for the substation
R ETURNS
1 If given running arrangement was successfully set;
0 otherwise (e.g. given ra is not valid for that substation)
5.2.27 ElmSvs
Overview
GetStepupTransformer
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of the static VAR system.
DataObject [Link](float voltage,
int swStatus
)
A RGUMENTS
voltage voltage level at which the search will stop
swStatus consideration of switch status. Possible values are:
0 consider all switch status
1 ignore breaker status
2 ignore all switch status
R ETURNS
Returns the first collected step-up transformer object. It is empty if not found (e.g. start
terminal already at hvVoltage).
5.2.28 ElmSym
Overview
Derate
Disconnect
GetAvailableGenPower
GetGroundingImpedance
GetMotorStartingFlag
GetStepupTransformer
IsConnected
Reconnect
ResetDerating
Derate
Derates the value of the Max. Active Power Rating according to the specified value given in
MW.
The following formula is used: P max uc = P max uc − ”Deratingvalue”.
None [Link](float deratingP)
A RGUMENTS
deratingP Derating value
Disconnect
Disconnects a synchronous machine by opening the first circuit breaker. The topological search
performed to find such a breaker, stops at any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 breaker already open or successfully opened
1 an error occurred (no breaker found, open action not possible (earthing / RA))
GetAvailableGenPower
Returns the available power that can be dispatched from the generator, for the particular study
time.
For the case of conventional generators (no wind generation selected), the available power is
equal to the nominal power specified.
For wind generators, the available power will depend on the wind model specified:
• Stochastic Wind Model: Given the specified mean wind speed, the available power is
calculated from the Power Curve. If the units of the Power Curve are in MW, the returned
value is directly the available power. In the other hand, if the units are in PU, the returned
value is multiplied by the nominal power of the generator to return the available power.
• Time Series Characteristics of Active Power Contribution: The available power is the av-
erage of the power values (in MW) obtained from all the specified time characteristics for
the current study time.
• Time Series Characteristics of Wind Speed: The available power is calculated with the
average of the power values (in MW) calculated for all the specified time characteristics.
A power value for any time characteristic is calculated by obtaining the wind speed for the
current study time, and then calculating the power from the specified Power Curve. If the
units of the Power Curve are in MW, the returned value is directly the power value. In the
other hand, if the units are in PU, the returned value is multiplied by the nominal power of
the generator to return the power value.
R ETURNS
Available generation power
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetMotorStartingFlag
Returns the starting motor condition.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the motor starting condition. Possible values are:
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of the synchronous machine.
DataObject [Link](float voltage,
int swStatus
)
A RGUMENTS
voltage voltage level at which the search will stop
swStatus consideration of switch status. Possible values are:
0 consider all switch status
1 ignore breaker status
2 ignore all switch status
R ETURNS
Returns the first collected step-up transformer object. It is empty if not found (e.g. start
terminal already at hvVoltage).
IsConnected
Checks if a synchronous machine is already connected to any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 false, not connected to a busbar
1 true, generator is connected to a busbar
Reconnect
Connects a synchronous machine by closing all switches (breakers and isolators) up to the first
breaker on the HV side of a transformer. The topological search to find all the switches, stops
at any busbar.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 the machine was successfully closed
1 a error occurred and the machine could not be connected to any busbar
ResetDerating
Resets the derating value, setting the Max. Active Power Rating according to the rating factor.
The following formula is used: P max uc = pmaxratf ∗ P n ∗ ngnum.
None [Link]()
5.2.29 ElmTerm
Overview
GetBusType
GetCalcRelevantCubicles
GetConnectedBrkCubicles
GetConnectedCubicles
GetConnectedMainBuses
GetConnectionInfo
GetEquivalentTerminals
GetMinDistance
GetNextHVBus
GetNodeName
GetSepStationAreas
HasCreatedCalBus
IsElectrEquivalent
IsEquivalent
IsInternalNodeInStation
UpdateSubstationTerminals
GetBusType
Gets busbar calculation type.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No valid calculation (load flow).
1 QV busbar.
2 PV busbar.
3 Slack busbar.
GetCalcRelevantCubicles
This function gets calculation relevant cubicles of this terminal.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Set of calculation relevant cubicles.
GetConnectedBrkCubicles
Function gets the set of cubicles connected with the breaker and this terminal.
list [Link]([float ignoreSwitchStates])
A RGUMENTS
ignoreSwitchStates (optional)
Ignore switch status flag 1 or not 0 (=default).
R ETURNS
Set of cubicles.
GetConnectedCubicles
Function gets the set of cubicles connected with this terminal.
list [Link]([float ignoreSwitchStates])
A RGUMENTS
ignoreSwitchStates (optional)
Ignore switch status flag 1 or not 0 (=default).
R ETURNS
Set of cubicles.
GetConnectedMainBuses
Function gets the set of connected main buses.
list [Link]([float considerSwitches])
A RGUMENTS
considerSwitches (optional)
Consider switch state (default 1).
R ETURNS
Set of main buses connected to the terminal.
GetConnectionInfo
Gets connection information of this terminal. Requires valid load flow calculation. Input argu-
ments are filled with the value after function call.
[int error,
float closedSwitches,
float allSwitches,
float nonSwitchingDevices,
float closedAndNonSwitchingDevices,
float allDevices,
float connectedNodes,
float mainNodes] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
closedSwitches
Number of closed switch devices.
allSwitches
Number of total switch devices.
nonSwitchingDevices
Number of non-switch devices.
closedAndNonSwitchingDevices
Number of total closed and non-switch devices (closedSwitches+nonSwitchingDevices).
allDevices
Number of total switch and non-switch devices (allSwitches+nonSwitchingDevices).
connectedNodes
Number of total nodes connected via couplers.
mainNodes
Number of total main nodes.
R ETURNS
Return value is always 0 and has no meaning.
GetEquivalentTerminals
Returns a set of all terminals that are equivalent to current one. Euqivalent means that those
terminals are topologically connected only by
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All terminals that are equivalent to current one. Current one is also included so the set is
never empty.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetMinDistance
This function determines the shortest path between the terminal the function was called on and
the terminal that was passed as first argument. The distance is determined on network topology
regarding the length of the traversed component (i.e. only lines have an influence on distance).
[float minDistance,
set path ] [Link](DataObject term,
[int considerSwitches,]
[set limitToNodes])
A RGUMENTS
term Terminal to which the shortest path is determined.
considerSwitches (optional)
0 Traverse all components, ignore switch states
1 Do not traverse open switch devices (default)
path (optional, out)
If given, all components of the found shortest path are put into this set.
limitToNodes(optional)
If given, the shortest path is searched only within this set of nodes. Please note,
when limiting search to a given set of nodes, the start and end terminals (for which
the distance is determined) must be part of this set (otherwise distance =-1).
R ETURNS
<0 If there is no path between the two terminals
≥0 Distance of shortest path in km
GetNextHVBus
This function returns the nearest connected busbar that has a higher voltage level. To detect this
bus, a breath-first search on the net topology is executed. The traversal stops on each element
that is out of service and on each opened switch device. The criterion for higher voltage level is
passing a transformer to HV side. No junction nor internal nodes shall be considered.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
object First busbar found.
None If no busbar was found.
GetNodeName
For terminals inside a station, this function returns a unique name for the split the terminal is
located in. The name is built on first five characters of the station‘s short name plus the split
index separated by an underscore. E.g. “USTAT 1”.
For terminals inside a branch (ElmBranch) the returned name is just a concatenation of the
branch name and the terminal‘s name.
For all other terminals not inside a branch or a station the node name corresponds to the termi-
nal‘s name.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
Node name as described above. Never empty.
GetSepStationAreas
Function gets all separate areas within the substation linked to this terminal. In this manner,
area is any part between two nodes.
list [Link]([float considerSwitches])
A RGUMENTS
considerSwitches (optional)
Consider switch state (default 1).
R ETURNS
Set of all separate areas in this substation.
HasCreatedCalBus
This function checks if the valid calculation exists for this terminal (i.e. load flow). If it exists,
then the calculation parameters could be retrieved.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Valid calculation exists.
0 No valid calculation.
IsElectrEquivalent
Function checks if two terminals are electrically equivalent. Two terminals are said to be electri-
cally equivalent if they are topologically connected only by
A RGUMENTS
terminal Terminal to which the 'method called terminal' is connected to.
double maxR
Given threshold for the resistance of branch elements (must be given in Ohm).
double maxX
Given threshold for the reactance of branch elements (must be given in Ohm).
R ETURNS
1 If terminal on which the method was called is electrical equivalent to terminal that
was passed as argument
0 Otherwise
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsEquivalent
Function checks if two terminals are topologically connected only by
A RGUMENTS
terminal Terminal (object of class ElmTerm) that is checked to be equivalent to the terminal
on which the function was called on. Passing None is not allowed and will result
in a scripting error.
R ETURNS
1 If terminal on which the method was called is connected to terminal that was
passed as argument only by closed switching devices or by lines of zero length
0 Otherwise (terminals are not connected or connected by other components than
switching devices / lines of zero length)
S EE ALSO
[Link]() [Link]()
IsInternalNodeInStation
Function checks if the terminal is an internal node and in a station (ElmSubstat, ElmTrfstat).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Terminal is a node of usage ‘internal’ and is located in a station.
0 Not internal node or not in a station, or both.
UpdateSubstationTerminals
Updates all nodes within the substation to the new voltage and/or phase technology. Applicable
for all busbars and junction nodes. The highest voltage is taken as the leading one.
None [Link](int volt,
int phs
)
A RGUMENTS
volt Updates nominal voltages (<> 0)
5.2.30 ElmTr2
Overview
CreateEvent
GetGroundingImpedance
GetSuppliedElements
GetTapPhi
GetTapRatio
GetZ0pu
GetZpu
IsQuadBooster
NTap
CreateEvent
For the corresponding transformer, a Tap Event (EvtTap) is created for the simulation.
int [Link]([float tapAction,]
[float tapPos]
)
A RGUMENTS
tapAction (optional)
0=increase tap; 1=decrease tap; 2=set tap to tapPos; 3=manual; 4=automatic
tapPos (optional)
Position of tap
R ETURNS
0 on success
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetSuppliedElements
Returns the network components that are supplied by the transformer.
A network component is considered to be supplied by a transformer if a topological path from
the transformer to the component exists. A valid topological path in this sense is a path that
starts at the transformer's HV side in direction of transformer (not in direction of HV connected
node) and stops at
Generally all network components of such a path are considered to be supplied by the trans-
former. Exceptions are components that are out of calculation or in-active. Those components
are never considered to be supplied by any transformer.
A transformer is never considered to supply itself.
Composite components such as ElmBranch, ElmSubstat, ElmTrfstat are considered to be sup-
plied by a transformer if all energized components inside that composite are supplied by the
transformer.
list [Link]([int inclNested])
A RGUMENTS
inclNested (optional)
0 Only include components which are directly supplied by the transformer
(not nested components)
1 Include nested components and components that are directly supplied
by the transformer (default)
S EE ALSO
GetTapPhi
Gets the tap phase shift in deg of the transformer for given tap position.
float [Link](int itappos,
int inclPhaseShift
)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position
inclPhaseShift
1 = Includes the vector group phase shift, 0 = consider only the tap phase shift
R ETURNS
Returns the tap phase shift angle of the transforrmer for given tap position
GetTapRatio
Gets the voltage ratio of the transformer for given tap position.
float [Link](int itappos,
int onlyTapSide,
int includeNomRatio
)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position
onlyTapSide
1 = ratio only for given side., 0 = total ratio
includeNomRatio
1 = Includes nominal ratio of the transformer, 0 = consider only tap ratio
R ETURNS
Returns the voltage ratio of the transforrmer for given tap position
GetZ0pu
Gets the zero-sequence impedance in p.u. of the transformer for the specified tap position. If
the tap position is out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be
used.
[float r0pu,
float x0pu ] ElmTr2.GetZ0pu(int itappos,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position
r0pu (out)
Resistance in p.u.
x0pu (out)
Reactance in p.u.
systembase
0 p.u. is based on rated power.
1 p.u. is based on system base (e.g. 100MVA).
GetZpu
Gets the impedance in p.u. of the transformer for the specified tap position. If the tap position is
out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be used.
[float rpu,
float xpu ] [Link](int itappos,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position
rpu (out) Resistance in p.u.
xpu (out) Reactance in p.u.
systembase
0 p.u. is based on rated power.
1 p.u. is based on system base (e.g. 100MVA).
IsQuadBooster
Returns whether transformer is a quadbooster; i.e. checks phase shift angle modulus 180◦ .
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
'1' if quadbooster, else '0'
NTap
Gets the transformer tap position.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The tap position.
5.2.31 ElmTr3
Overview
CreateEvent
GetGroundingImpedance
GetSuppliedElements
GetTapPhi
GetTapRatio
GetTapZDependentSide
GetZ0pu
GetZpu
IsQuadBooster
NTap
CreateEvent
For the corresponding transformer, a Tap Event (EvtTap) is created for the simulation.
int [Link]([float tapAction,]
[float tapPos,]
[float busIdx]
)
A RGUMENTS
tapAction (optional)
0=increase tap; 1=decrease tap; 2=set tap to tapPos; 3=manual; 4=automatic
tapPos (optional)
Position of tap
busIdx (optional)
Bus index
R ETURNS
0 on success
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetSuppliedElements
Returns the network components that are supplied by the transformer.
A network component is considered to be supplied by a transformer if a topological path from
the transformer to the component exists. A valid topological path in this sense is a path that
starts at the transformer's HV side in direction of transformer (not in direction of HV connected
node) and stops at
• open switches,
• connections leading to a higher voltage level.
Generally all network components of such a path are considered to be supplied by the trans-
former. Exceptions are components that are out of calculation or in-active. Those components
are never considered to be supplied by any transformer.
A transformer is never considered to supply itself.
Composite components such as ElmBranch, ElmSubstat, ElmTrfstat are considered to be sup-
plied by a transformer if all energized components inside that composite are supplied by the
transformer.
list [Link]([int inclNested])
A RGUMENTS
inclNested (optional)
0 Only include components which are directly supplied by the transformer
(not nested components)
1 Include nested components and components that are directly supplied
by the transformer (default)
S EE ALSO
GetTapPhi
Gets the tap phase shift in deg of the transformer for given tap position and side.
A RGUMENTS
iSide for tap at side (0=Hv, 1=Mv, 2=Lv)
itappos Tap position for corresponding side
inclPhaseShift
1 = Includes the vector group phase shift, 0 = consider only the tap phase shift
R ETURNS
Returns the tap phase shift angle of the transforrmer for given tap position and side
GetTapRatio
Gets the voltage ratio of the transformer for given tap position and side.
float [Link](int iSide,
int itappos,
int includeNomRatio
)
A RGUMENTS
iSide for tap at side (0=Hv, 1=Mv, 2=Lv)
itappos Tap position at corresponding side
includeNomRatio
1 = Includes nominal ratio of the transformer, 0 = consider only tap ratio
R ETURNS
Returns the voltage ratio of the transforrmer for given tap position and side
GetTapZDependentSide
Get tap side used for the dependent impedance
None [Link]()
R ETURNS
-1 if no tap dependent impedance is defined
0 for HV tap
1 for MV tap
2 for LV tap
GetZ0pu
Gets the zero-sequence impedance in p.u. of the transformer for the specified tap position. If
the tap position is out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be
used.
[float r0pu,
float x0pu ] ElmTr3.GetZ0pu(int itappos,
int iSide,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position of the z-dependent tap
iSide
0 Get the HV-MV impedance.
1 Get the MV-LV impedance.
2 Get the LV-HV impedance.
r0pu (out)
Resistance in p.u.
x0pu (out)
Reactance in p.u.
systembase
0 p.u. is based on rated power.
1 p.u. is based on system base (e.g. 100MVA).
GetZpu
Gets the impedance in p.u. of the transformer for the specified tap position. If the tap position is
out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be used.
[float rpu,
float xpu ] [Link](int itappos,
int iSide,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position of the z-dependent tap
iSide
0 Get the HV-MV impedance.
1 Get the MV-LV impedance.
2 Get the LV-HV impedance.
rpu (out) Resistance in p.u.
xpu (out) Reactance in p.u.
systembase
0 p.u. is based on rated power.
1 p.u. is based on system base (e.g. 100MVA).
IsQuadBooster
Returns whether transformer is a quadbooster or not, i.e. checks phase shift angle modulus
180◦ .
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
'1' if the transformer phase shift angle modulus 180◦ does not equal 0 at any of the sides LV,
MV, HV, else '0'
NTap
Gets the transformer tap position.
int [Link](float busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx 0=HV, 1=MV, 2=LV
R ETURNS
The tap position.
5.2.32 ElmTr4
Overview
CreateEvent
GetGroundingImpedance
GetSuppliedElements
GetTapPhi
GetTapRatio
GetTapZDependentSide
GetZ0pu
GetZpu
IsQuadBooster
NTap
CreateEvent
For the corresponding transformer, a Tap Event (EvtTap) is created for the simulation.
int [Link]([float tapAction,]
[float tapPos,]
[float busIdx]
)
A RGUMENTS
tapAction (optional)
0=increase tap; 1=decrease tap; 2=set tap to tapPos; 3=manual; 4=automatic
tapPos (optional)
Position of tap
busIdx (optional)
Bus index
R ETURNS
0 on success
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetSuppliedElements
Returns the network components that are supplied by the transformer.
A network component is considered to be supplied by a transformer if a topological path from
the transformer to the component exists. A valid topological path in this sense is a path that
starts at the transformer's HV side in direction of transformer (not in direction of HV connected
node) and stops at
• open switches,
• connections leading to a higher voltage level.
Generally all network components of such a path are considered to be supplied by the trans-
former. Exceptions are components that are out of calculation or in-active. Those components
are never considered to be supplied by any transformer.
A transformer is never considered to supply itself.
Composite components such as ElmBranch, ElmSubstat, ElmTrfstat are considered to be sup-
plied by a transformer if all energized components inside that composite are supplied by the
transformer.
list [Link]([int inclNested])
A RGUMENTS
inclNested (optional)
0 Only include components which are directly supplied by the transformer
(not nested components)
1 Include nested components and components that are directly supplied
by the transformer (default)
S EE ALSO
GetTapPhi
Gets the tap phase shift in deg of the transformer for given tap position and side.
float [Link](int iSide,
int itappos,
int inclPhaseShift
)
A RGUMENTS
iSide for tap at side (0=HV, 1=LV1, 2=Lv2, 3=Lv3)
itappos Tap position for corresponding side
inclPhaseShift
1 = Includes the vector group phase shift, 0 = consider only the tap phase shift
R ETURNS
Returns the tap phase shift angle of the transforrmer for given tap position and side
GetTapRatio
Gets the voltage ratio of the transformer for given tap position and side.
float [Link](int iSide,
int itappos,
int includeNomRatio
)
A RGUMENTS
iSide for tap at side (0=HV, 1=LV1, 2=Lv2, 3=Lv3)
itappos Tap position at corresponding side
includeNomRatio
1 = Includes nominal ratio of the transformer, 0 = consider only tap ratio
R ETURNS
Returns the voltage ratio of the transforrmer for given tap position and side
GetTapZDependentSide
Get tap side used for the dependent impedance
None [Link]()
R ETURNS
-1 if no tap dependent impedance is defined
0 for HV tap
1 for LV1 tap
GetZ0pu
Gets the zero-sequence impedance in p.u. of the transformer for the specified tap position. If
the tap position is out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be
used.
[float r0pu,
float x0pu ] ElmTr4.GetZ0pu(int itappos,
int iSide,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position of the z-dependent tap
iSide
0 Get the HV-LV1 impedance.
1 Get the HV-LV2 impedance.
2 Get the HV-LV3 impedance.
3 Get the LV1-LV2 impedance.
4 Get the LV1-LV3 impedance.
5 Get the LV2-LV3 impedance.
r0pu (out)
Resistance in p.u.
x0pu (out)
Reactance in p.u.
systembase
0 p.u. is based on rated power.
1 p.u. is based on system base (e.g. 100MVA).
GetZpu
Gets the impedance in p.u. of the transformer for the specified tap position. If the tap position is
out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be used.
[float rpu,
float xpu ] [Link](int itappos,
int iSide,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position of the z-dependent tap
iSide
0 Get the HV-LV1 impedance.
1 Get the HV-LV2 impedance.
2 Get the HV-LV3 impedance.
systembase
0 p.u. is based on rated power.
1 p.u. is based on system base (e.g. 100MVA).
IsQuadBooster
Returns whether transformer is a quadbooster or not, i.e. checks phase shift angle modulus
180◦ .
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
'1' if the transformer phase shift angle modulus 180◦ does not equal 0 at any of the sides HV,
LV1, LV2, LV3, else '0'
NTap
Gets the transformer tap position.
int [Link](float busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx 0=HV, 1=MV, 2=LV
R ETURNS
The tap position.
5.2.33 ElmTrfstat
Overview
GetSplit
GetSplitCal
GetSplitIndex
GetSuppliedElements
GetSplit
A split of a station is a group of topologically connected elements. Such a group is called split
if all contained components are energized and there is at least one busbar (terminal of usage
'busbar') contained or it has connections to at least two main components (= all components
except switch devices and terminals).
These splits are ordered according to the count of nodes contained and according to their
A RGUMENTS
index Index of the split used to access the elements of the corresponding split. Value
must be ≥ 0.
mainNodes (out)
Terminals of same usage considered to form the most important nodes for that
group. In most cases, this is the group of contained busbars.
connectionCubicles (optional, out)
All cubicles (of terminals inside the station) that point to an element that sits out-
side the station or to an element that is connected to a terminal outside the station
are filled into the set connectionCubicles. (The connection element (branch) can
be accessed by calling GetBranch() on each of these cubicles. The terminals
of these cubicles (parents) must not necessarily be contained in any split. They
could also be separated by a disconnecting component.)
allElements(optional, out)
All elements (class Elm*) of the split that have no connection to elements outside
the station are filled into this set.
R ETURNS
0 success, split of that index exists and is returned.
1 indicates that there exists no split with given index. (Moreover, this means that
there is no split with index n greater than this value.)
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
GetSplitCal
This function determines the elements that belong to a split. In contrast to [Link]()
it is based on calculation instead of pure edit object topology. This means the returned nodes
correspond to the calculation nodes, the interconnecting cubicles are those connecting nodes
of different splits.
Note: As this function relies on calculation nodes it can only be executed after a calculation has
been performed (e.g. load flow calculation).
[int error,
list nodes,
list connectionCubicles,
list elements ] [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index Index of the split used to access the elements of the corresponding split. Refers
to same split as index in [Link]().
Value must be ≥ 0.
nodes (out)
A set that is filled with terminals. There is one terminal returned for each calcula-
tion node in the split.
connectionCubicles (optional, out)
This set is filled with all cubicles that point from a calculation node of current split
to another calculation node that does not belong to that split. The connecting
element can be accessed by calling GetBranch() on such a cubicle.
elements (optional, out)
This set is filled with network elements that are connected to a calculation node of
current split and have exactly one connection, i.e. these elements are completely
contained in the split.
R ETURNS
0 success, split of that index exists and is returned.
1 indicates that there exists no split with given index. (Moreover, this means that
there is no split with index n greater than this value.)
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetSplitIndex
This function returns the index of the split that contains passed object.
int [Link](DataObject o)
A RGUMENTS
o Object for which the split index is to be determined.
R ETURNS
≥0 index of split in which element is contained
-1 given object does not belong to any split of that station
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetSuppliedElements
Returns all network components that are supplied by the transformers located in the station.
list [Link]([int inclNested])
A RGUMENTS
inclNested (optional)
0 Do not include components that are supplied by nested supplying sta-
tions
1 (default) Include components that are supplied by nested stations
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
5.2.34 ElmVoltreg
Overview
CreateEvent
GetGroundingImpedance
GetZpu
NTap
CreateEvent
For the corresponding voltage regulator, a Tap Event (EvtTap) is created for the simulation.
int [Link]([float tapAction,]
[float tapPos]
)
A RGUMENTS
tapAction (optional)
0=increase tap; 1=decrease tap; 2=set tap to tapPos; 3=manual; 4=automatic
tapPos (optional)
Position of tap
R ETURNS
0 on success
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
1 The values are valid.
GetZpu
Gets the impedance in p.u. of the voltage regulator for the specified tap position. If the tap
position is out of the tap changer range, the respective min. or max. position will be used.
[float rpu,
float xpu ] [Link](int itappos,
int systembase)
A RGUMENTS
itappos Tap position
rpu (out) Resistance in p.u.
NTap
Gets the voltage regulator tap position.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The tap position.
5.2.35 ElmXnet
Overview
GetGroundingImpedance
GetStepupTransformer
GetGroundingImpedance
Returns the impedance of the internal grounding.
[int valid,
float resistance,
float reactance ] [Link](int busIdx)
A RGUMENTS
busIdx Bus index where the grounding should be determined.
resistance (out)
Real part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
reactance (out)
Imaginary part of the grounding impedance in Ohm.
R ETURNS
0 The values are invalid (e.g. because there is no internal grounding)
GetStepupTransformer
Performs a topological search to find the step-up transformer of an external grid
DataObject [Link](float voltage,
int swStatus
)
A RGUMENTS
voltage voltage level at which the search will stop
swStatus consideration of switch status. Possible values are:
0 consider all switch status
1 ignore breaker status
2 ignore all switch status
R ETURNS
Returns the first collected step-up transformer object. It is empty if not found (e.g. start
terminal already at hvVoltage).
5.2.36 ElmZone
Overview
CalculateInterchangeTo
DefineBoundary
GetAll
GetBranches
GetBuses
GetObjs
SetLoadScaleAbsolute
CalculateInterchangeTo
Calculates interchange power to the given zone (calculated quantities are: Pinter, Qinter, Pex-
port, Qexport, Pimort, Qimport). Prior the calculation the valid load flow calculation is required.
int [Link](DataObject zone)
A RGUMENTS
zone zone to which the interchage is calculated
R ETURNS
<0 calculation error (i.e. no valid load flow, empty zone...)
0 no interchage power to the given zone
1 interchange power calculated
DefineBoundary
Defines boundary with this zone as interior part. Resulting cubicles of boundary are busbar-
oriented towards the zone.
DataObject [Link](int shift)
A RGUMENTS
shift Elements outside the zone that are within a distance of shift many elements to a
boundary cubicle of the zone are added to the interior part of the resulting bound-
ary
R ETURNS
The defined boundary is returned in case of success. Otherwise NULL, if an error appeared
in the definition of the boundary.
GetAll
Returns all objects which belong to this zone.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects.
GetBranches
Returns all branches which belong to this zone.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of branch objects.
GetBuses
Returns all buses which belong to this zone.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects.
GetObjs
Returns all objects of the given class which belong to this zone.
list [Link](str classname)
A RGUMENTS
classname
name of the class (i.e. ”ElmTr2”)
R ETURNS
The set of contained objects.
SetLoadScaleAbsolute
Readjusts zonal load scaling factor to the given active power. The zonal load scaling factor is
the ratio of the given active power and the loads total actual power.
None [Link](float Pin)
A RGUMENTS
Pin active power in MW used for the load scaling factor.
5.3.1 StaCt
Overview
SetPrimaryTap
SetPrimaryTap
Function automatically sets primary tap depending on the nominal current of the measured
branch. The pattern according to which the tap current is found: BranchCurrent = BranchNomi-
nalCurrent * Factor. The primary tap currents are checked wheather there are equal or at least
first higher value than BranchCurrent, otherwise selects the maximum one.
int [Link]([float mltFactor])
A RGUMENTS
mltFactor (optional)
Multiplication factor (default 1.0)
R ETURNS
0 Correctly set.
1 Error.
5.3.2 StaCubic
Overview
GetAll
GetBranch
GetConnectedMajorNodes
GetConnections
GetNearestBusbars
GetPathToNearestBusbar
IsClosed
IsConnected
DIgSILENT PowerFactory 2018, Python Function Reference 155
Chapter 5. Object Methods
GetAll
This function returns a set of network components that are collected by a topological traversal
starting from this cubicle.
list [Link]([int direction = 1,]
[int ignoreOpenSwitches = 0]
)
A RGUMENTS
direction (optional)
Specifies the direction in which the network topology is traversed.
R ETURNS
A set of network components that are collected by a topological traversal starting at the
cubicle (StaCubic) where the function is called.
GetBranch
Function gets the branch of this cubicle.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Branch object.
GetConnectedMajorNodes
This function returns all busbars being part of a split (inside a station) that can be reached by
starting a topology search from the cubicle in direction of the branch element.
list [Link] ([float swtStat])
A RGUMENTS
swtStat
0 (default) First perform a search that respects switch states (stoping at open
switches). If no switches are found, an additional search with ignoring
switch states.
1 Perform one search ignoring switch states (passing open and closed
switches).
2 Search with respecting switch states. But do no additional search when
switch is found.
R ETURNS
A set of all busbars that can be reached starting a topology search from the cubicle in direc-
tion of the branch element.
GetConnections
Function gets all elements connected with this cubicle.
list [Link](int swtStat)
A RGUMENTS
swtStat Consider switch status (1) or not (0).
R ETURNS
Set of elements.
GetNearestBusbars
Function searches for connected and connectable nearest busbars starting at the cubicle.
Search stops at the nearest busbars and out of service elements. Internal and junction nodes,
all types of branch elements and all types of switches i.e. circuit-breakers and disconnectors
are passed.
Connected busbars are all busbars which are topologically connected to the start cubicle without
passing open switches. Connectable busbars are all busbars which are connectable to the start
cubicle by closing switches. If the start cubicles terminal is a busbar then this busbar is not
included in the result sets.
If more than one path exists between cubicle and a nearest busbar the relevant busbar is added
only once to the result set.
[list connectedBusbars,
list connectableBusbars] [Link](int searchDirection)
A RGUMENTS
connectedBusbars (out)
Found connected busbars.
connectableBusbars (out)
Found connectable busbars.
searchDirection
Direction of the search relative to the cubicle. Possible values are
0 search in all directions
1 search in direction of cubicles terminal
2 search towards connected branch element
GetPathToNearestBusbar
Function determines the path from the cubicle to the given busbar. The busbar must be con-
nected or connectable to the start cubicle without passing additional busbars. If the given busbar
is not a nearest busbar in relation to the cubicle an empty path is returned.
If more than one closed path exists between cubicle and busbar the elements of all these paths
are combined.
list [Link](DataObject nearestBusbar)
A RGUMENTS
nearestBusbar
Nearest busbar in relation to cubicle.
R ETURNS
Net elements of the path from cubicle to busbar.
IsClosed
Function checks if this cubicle is directly connected with the busbar, considering the switch
status.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Disconnected cubicle.
1 Connected cubicle.
IsConnected
Function checks if the cubicle is connected to the passed terminal or coupler.
int [Link](DataObject elm,
int swtStat
)
A RGUMENTS
elm Terminal or coupler to check connection with.
swtStat Consider switch status (1) or not (0).
R ETURNS
0 Not connected.
1 Connected.
5.3.3 StaExtbrkmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for the switch position currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for switch status.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaExtbrk-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details
on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaExtbrk-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value for the switch position currently stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](int value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value for switch status.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.4 StaExtcmdmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for command interpreted as floating point value.
[int error,
float value] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value obtained by parsing stored command string as floating point value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaExtcmd-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details
on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaExtcmd-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the
status bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.5 StaExtdatmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
CreateEvent
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
CreateEvent
Creates a “parameter change” event for controller object (’pCtrl’) and attribute (’varName’). The
event is stored in simulation event list and executed immediately.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value, optionally modified by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be modified by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object (depending on Mode incremental/absolute). If 0, raw value
will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaExtdat-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details
on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaExtdat-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.6 StaExtfmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for frequency currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for frequency.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the
status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.7 StaExtfuelmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for fuel currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for fuel, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaExtfu-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details
on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaExtfu-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.8 StaExtimea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for current currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for current, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaEx-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaEx-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the
status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.9 StaExtpfmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for power factor currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for current, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.10 StaExtpmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for active power stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for active power, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaExtp-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaExtp-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.11 StaExtqmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for reactive power currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for reactive power, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaEx-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaEx-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.12 StaExtsmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.13 StaExttapmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for tap position and tap info currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value.
type type of value to return
0 tap position
1 operation mode
2 tap changer command
3 tap operation mode
4 tap operation mode command
useTranslationTable
Only supported if type=0 (tap step), if 1 (default) returned value will be translated
according to given table. If 0 is passed, the raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. unsupported type
Returns 1 on erroReturn value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See StaExttap-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details
on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See StaExttap-
[Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.14 StaExtv3mea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for voltage currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for voltage, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
phase Index of desired phase. Index must be 0, 1 or 2.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. phase index does not exist
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details
on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.15 StaExtvmea
Overview
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
GetMeaValue
GetStatus
GetStatusTmp
InitTmp
IsStatusBitSet
IsStatusBitSetTmp
ResetStatusBit
ResetStatusBitTmp
SetMeaValue
SetStatus
SetStatusBit
SetStatusBitTmp
SetStatusTmp
UpdateControl
UpdateCtrl
CopyExtMeaStatusToStatusTmp
Copies the (persistent) status of current measurement object to temporary (in memory) status.
None [Link]()
GetMeaValue
Returns the value for voltage currently stored in the measurement object.
[int error,
float value] [Link](int unused,
int applyMultiplicator)
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
Value for voltage, optionally multiplied by configured multiplicator
unused Not used.
applyMultiplicator
If 1 (default), returned value will be multiplied by the multiplicator stored in the
measurement object. If 0, raw value will be returned.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
GetStatus
Returns the status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
GetStatusTmp
Returns the temporary (in memory) status flags. Please note, this value is interpreted as a
bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status bits.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Status bitfield as an integer value.
InitTmp
Initialises the temporary (in memory) fields of the measurement object with the values currently
stored in the corresponding persistent fields. This affects temporary measurement value and
temporary status fields. The temporary measurement value is used internally for comparison of
new and old values for deadband violation. The temporary status is used during calculation in
order to not modify initial value.
This function should be called once after the link has been established and before the calculation
loop is executed.
None [Link]()
IsStatusBitSet
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
IsStatusBitSetTmp
Checks if specific bit(s) are set in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
int [Link](int mask)
R ETURNS
0 if at least one bit in mask is not set
1 if all bit(s) in mask are set
ResetStatusBit
Resets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
ResetStatusBitTmp
Resets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]()
for details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 0. A bit is unchanged if already unset before.
SetMeaValue
Sets the value stored in the measurement object.
int [Link](float value)
A RGUMENTS
value New value.
R ETURNS
Return value has no meaning. It is always 0.
SetStatus
Sets the status flags of the measurement object. Please note, this value is interpreted as
a bitfield where the bits have the following meaning. An option is considered enabled if the
corresponding bit is set to 1.
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBit
Sets specific bits in the status bitfield. See [Link]() for details on the status
bits.
None [Link](int mask, int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
dbSync (optional)
0 New status flags are applied in memory only
1 Default, new status flags are stored on db (persistent)
SetStatusBitTmp
Sets specific bits in the temporary (in memory) status bitfield. See [Link]() for
details on the status bits.
None [Link](int mask)
A RGUMENTS
mask Mask of bits to set to 1. A bit is unchanged if already set before.
SetStatusTmp
Sets the temporary (in memory) status flags of the measurement object. This temporary value
is used during calculations so that changes do not lead to object modifications and initial value
remains unchanged.
Please note, this value is interpreted as a bitfield. See [Link]() for details on
the status bits.
None [Link](int status)
A RGUMENTS
status Bitfield for status flags, see above
UpdateControl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controller object (target object 'pCtrl'
and target attribute 'varName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically executed
afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
UpdateCtrl
Transfers the value of current measurement object to the controlled object (target object 'pOb-
ject' and target attribute 'variabName'). If target object is a command, it is automatically exe-
cuted afterwards.
Note: Calculation results will not be reset by this value transfer.
int [Link](int dbSync)
A RGUMENTS
dbSync (optional)
0 Value is copied in memory only
1 Default, copied value is stored on db (persistent)
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error, e.g. target object does not have an attribute with given name
5.3.16 StaSwitch
Overview
Close
IsClosed
IsOpen
Open
Close
Closes the switch by changing its status to ’close’. This action will fail if the status is currently
determined by an active running arrangement.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success
6= 0 On error
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsClosed
Returns information about current switch state.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is closed
0 switch is open
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsOpen
Returns information about current switch state.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 switch is open
0 switch is closed
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Open
Opens the switch by changing its status to ’open’. This action will fail if the status is currently
determined by an active running arrangement.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success
6= 0 On error
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
5.4 Commands
Overview
Execute
Execute
Executes the command.
int Com*.Execute()
5.4.1 ComAddlabel
Overview
Execute
Execute
This function executes the Add Statistic Labels command itself for a given plot and curve.
int [Link](DataObject, int curveIndex)
A RGUMENTS
plot The plot to modify.
curveIndex
The index of the curve inside the plot’s table. The index is zero based, therefore
the index of the first curve is 0.
R ETURNS
0 The function executed without any errors.
1 The plot is visible on a single line graphic only.
2 The parameter plot is None.
3 The parameter plot is not a virtual instrument (classname should start with Vis).
4 The object plot was found in any open graphic.
5.4.2 ComAddon
Overview
CreateModule
DefineDouble
DefineDoubleMatrix
DefineDoublePerConnection
DefineDoubleVector
DefineDoubleVectorPerConnection
DefineInteger
DefineIntegerPerConnection
DefineIntegerVector
DefineIntegerVectorPerConnection
DefineObject
DefineObjectPerConnection
DefineObjectVector
DefineObjectVectorPerConnection
DefineString
DefineStringPerConnection
DeleteModule
FinaliseModule
GetActiveModule
ModuleExists
SetActiveModule
CreateModule
Creates the calculation module of this AddOn. Volatile object parameters are created for all
variable definitions stored inside this command. They are accessible like any other built in
object parameter.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, module was created.
1 An error occurred.
S EE ALSO
[Link]() [Link]()
DefineDouble
Creates a new floating-point-number parameter for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
float initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineDoubleMatrix
Creates a new floating-point-matrix parameter for the given type of objects.
int [Link](string class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
int rows,
int columns,
float initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
rows Number of initial rows. Number of rows will be 0 if a value smaller than 0 is given.
columns Number of initial columns. Number of columns will be 0 if a value smaller than 0
is given.
initial Default value for all entries of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
DefineDoublePerConnection
Creates a new floating-point-number parameter for every connection for the given type of ob-
jects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
float initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineDouble shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineDoubleVector
Creates a new floating-point-number vector parameter for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
float initial,
int size)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
size Initial size of vector. Size will be 0 if a value smaller than 0 is given.
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]() [Link]()
DefineDoubleVectorPerConnection
Creates a new floating-point-number vector parameter for the given type of objects for every
connection of the object.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
float initial,
int size)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineDoubleVector shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineInteger
Creates a new integer parameter for the given type of objects.
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineIntegerPerConnection
Creates a new integer parameter for every connection for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
int initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineInteger shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineIntegerVector
Creates a new integer vector parameter for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
int initial,
int size)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
size Initial size of vector. Size will be 0 if a value smaller than 0 is given.
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]() [Link]()
DefineIntegerVectorPerConnection
Creates a new integer vector parameter for the given type of objects for every connection of the
object.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
int initial,
int size)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineIntegerVector shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineObject
Creates a new object parameter for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
DataObject initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineObjectPerConnection
Creates a new object parameter for every connection for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
DataObject initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineObject shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineObjectVector
Creates a new object vector parameter for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
DataObject initial,
int size)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]() [Link]()
DefineObjectVectorPerConnection
Creates a new object vector parameter for the given type of objects for every connection of the
object.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
DataObject initial,
int size)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineObjectVector shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineString
Creates a new text parameter for the given type of objects.
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DefineStringPerConnection
Creates a new text parameter for every connection for the given type of objects.
int [Link](str class,
str name,
str desc,
str unit,
str initial)
A RGUMENTS
class The type of objects for which the new parameter is to be created, e.g. ElmLne for
the line.
name Name of the new parameter
desc Parameter description
unit Parameter’s unit
initial Default value of new parameter
R ETURNS
0 Ok, Parameter was created.
Other than 0 An error occurred, possible reasons:
• The module of this add on does not exist.
• An object with the given class does not exist in PowerFactory.
• The parameter name for the given class already exists in the module.
• The elements of class are not branch elements. Therefore there is no con-
nection count. DefineString shall be used instead.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
DeleteModule
Deletes the module of this add on.
int [Link]()
1 Failure. The module does not exist and can therefore not be deleted.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
FinaliseModule
Finalises a user defined module which was created using the mthod CreateModule. All user
defined variables defined for this module are read-only after the call of finalise module. The
module is the one being used in the flexible data, single line graphic text boxes and colouring.
It can be reset like any other built-in calculation using the reset button.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, module was finalised.
1 An error occurred, this command is not the one being currently active.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetActiveModule
Gets the key of the module being currently active. An empty string is returned if there is no
active module.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
The key of the active module. an empty string is returned if there is no active module.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
ModuleExists
Checks if the module for this add-on was already created using the method CreateModule.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 The module was not created yet.
1 The module was already created.
S EE ALSO
SetActiveModule
Set this module as active module. This method is required only if several modules are created
concurrently. In case that only one module is being used, there is no need to use this method,
because CreateModule sets the created module automatically as active module.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Success. This command is set as active module.
1 Failure. This command is already the active module.
S EE ALSO
5.4.3 ComCapo
Overview
ConnectShuntToBus
LossCostAtBusTech
TotalLossCost
ConnectShuntToBus
Connects the equivalent shunt in the specified terminal and executes the load flow command.
The shunt is not physically added in the database, just the susceptance is added for the calcu-
lation.
int [Link](DataObject terminal,
float phtech,
float Q
)
A RGUMENTS
terminal The terminal to which the shunt will be connected
phtech Phase technology. Possible values are
0 three-phase
1 ph-ph a-b
2 ph-ph b-c
3 ph-ph a-c
4 ph-e a
5 ph-e b
6 ph-e c
R ETURNS
0 On succes.
1 An error occurred during load flow execution.
LossCostAtBusTech
Returns the losses cost of the selected terminal and configuration calculated during the sensi-
tivity analysis or the optimization.
float [Link](DataObject terminal,
float phtech
)
A RGUMENTS
terminal Specified bus
phtech Phase technology. Possible values are
0 three-phase
1 ph-ph a-b
2 ph-ph b-c
3 ph-ph a-c
4 ph-e a
5 ph-e b
6 ph-e c
R ETURNS
Returns the losses cost
TotalLossCost
Returns the total cost calculated after the sensitivity analysis or the optimization.
float [Link]([int iopt])
A RGUMENTS
iopt (optional)
Type of cost. Possible values are
0 Losses in MW (default)
1 Cost of losses
2 Cost of voltage violations
3 Cost of shunts
R ETURNS
Returns losses in MW or cost value.
5.4.4 ComConreq
Overview
Execute
Execute
Performs a Connection Request Assessment according to the selected method. Results are
provided for connection request elements in the single line graphic, and are summarised in a
report in the output window.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 OK
1 Error: calculation function
2 Error: settings/initialisation/load flow
5.4.5 ComContingency
Overview
ContinueTrace
CreateRecoveryInformation
GetGeneratorEvent
GetInterruptedPowerAndCustomersForStage
GetInterruptedPowerAndCustomersForTimeStep
GetLoadEvent
GetNumberOfGeneratorEventsForTimeStep
GetNumberOfLoadEventsForTimeStep
GetNumberOfSwitchEventsForTimeStep
GetNumberOfTimeSteps
GetObj
GetSwitchEvent
GetTimeOfStepInSeconds
GetTotalInterruptedPower
JumpToLastStep
RemoveEvents
StartTrace
StopTrace
ContinueTrace
Continues trace execution for this contingency.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
CreateRecoveryInformation
Creates recovery information for a contingency. The recovery information can later be retrieved
e.g. via [Link]().
Can only save one contingency at the same time.
int [Link](DataObject resultFileInput)
A RGUMENTS
resultFileInput
Read from this result file.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
GetGeneratorEvent
Gets generator event of a certain time step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
[ DataObject generator,
double changedP,
double changedQ ) ]
[Link](int currentTimeStep,
int loadEvent)
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
switchEvent
Input: Number of generator events for a certain time step are get via ComContin-
[Link]()
generator (out)
Output: Generator that dispatched
changedP (out)
Output: Changed active power
changedQ (out)
Output: Changed reactive power
GetInterruptedPowerAndCustomersForStage
Gets recovery information of a contingency.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
[ int error,
float interruptedPower,
float newInterruptedPower,
float interruptedCustomers,
float newInterruptedCustomers ]
[Link](float timeOfStageInMinutes)
A RGUMENTS
timeOfStageInMinutes
Input: Get Information for this time.
interruptedPower (out)
Output: Interrupted Power at this time.
newInterruptedPower (out)
Output: New interrupted Power at this time.
interruptedCustomers (out)
Output: Interrupted Customers at this time.
newInterruptedCustomers (out)
Output: New interrupted Customers at this time.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
GetInterruptedPowerAndCustomersForTimeStep
Gets recovery information of a contingency.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
[ float interruptedPower,
float newInterruptedPower,
float interruptedCustomers,
float newInterruptedCustomers ]
[Link](int currentTimeStep)
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
interruptedPower (out)
Output: Interrupted Power at this time.
newInterruptedPower (out)
Output: New interrupted Power at this time.
interruptedCustomers (out)
Output: Interrupted Customers at this time.
newInterruptedCustomers (out)
Output: New interrupted Customers at this time.
GetLoadEvent
Gets load event of a certain time step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
[ DataObject load,
double changedP,
double changedQ,
int& isTransfer ) ]
[Link](int currentTimeStep,
int loadEvent)
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
switchEvent
Input: Number of load events for a certain time step are get via ComContin-
[Link]()
load (out) Output: Load that is shed or transfered
changedP (out)
Output: Changed active power
changedQ (out)
Output: Changed reactive power
isTransfer (out)
Output: = 0 : is load shedding event. >0 is load transfer event.
GetNumberOfGeneratorEventsForTimeStep
Returns the number of generator events of a certain step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
list(int, ...) [Link]([int currentTimeStep])
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
GetNumberOfLoadEventsForTimeStep
Returns the number of load events of a certain step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
list(int, ...) [Link]([int currentTimeStep])
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
GetNumberOfSwitchEventsForTimeStep
Returns the number of switch events of a certain step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
list(int, ...) [Link]([int currentTimeStep])
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
GetNumberOfTimeSteps
Returns the number of time steps during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
int [Link]()
GetObj
Gets interrupted element by index (zero based).
DataObject [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index Element order index, 0 for the first object.
R ETURNS
object Interupted element for given index.
None Index out of range.
GetSwitchEvent
Gets switch event of a certain time step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
[ DataObject switchToBeActuated,
int isClosed,
int sectionalizingStep ) ]
[Link](int currentTimeStep,
int switchEvent)
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
switchEvent
Input: Number of switch event for a certain time step are get via ComContin-
[Link]()
switchToBeActuated (out)
Output: Switch to be actuated
isClosed (out)
Output: > 0 if switch is closed
sectionalizingStep (out)
Output: sectionalizing step when this switch is actuated
GetTimeOfStepInSeconds
Returns the time of the current step during recovery.
[Link]() has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
list(float , ...) [Link](int currentTimeStep)
A RGUMENTS
currentTimeStep
Input: Number of time steps are get via [Link]()
GetTotalInterruptedPower
Gets the total interrupted power (in kW) during restoration. [Link]()
has to be called beforehand to collect the data.
float [Link]()
JumpToLastStep
Gets the last trace execution for this contingency.
int [Link]([float timeDelay])
A RGUMENTS
timeDelay (optional)
time delay in seconds between trace steps
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
RemoveEvents
Removes events from this contingency.
None [Link]([float emitMessage])
None [Link](str whichEvents)
None [Link](float emitMessage,
str whichEvents
)
None [Link](str whichEvents,
float emitMessage
)
A RGUMENTS
emitMessage(optional)
0: no info message shall be issued after event removal
whichEvents(optional)
’lod’ removed load evenets, ’gen’ removes generator events, ’switch’ removes
switching events
StartTrace
Starts trace execution for this contingency.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 Error, e.g. Contingency is not in trace.
2 On error.
StopTrace
Stops trace execution for this contingency.
int [Link]([int emitMessage])
A RGUMENTS
emitMessage (optional)
= 0: no trace-stop info messages shall be issued
R ETURNS
0 On Success.
1 Contingency is not in Trace.
5.4.6 ComDiff
Overview
Start
Stop
Start
Starts comparisons of calculation results. See [Link]() for more information.
S EE ALSO
Stop
Stops comparisons of calculation results. See [Link]() for more information.
S EE ALSO
5.4.7 ComDllmanager
Overview
Report
Report
Prints a status report of currently available external user-defined dlls (e.g. dpl, exdyn) to the
output window. (Same as pressing the ’Report’ button in the dialog.)
None [Link]()
5.4.8 ComDpl
Overview
CheckSyntax
Encrypt
Execute
GetExternalObject
GetInputParameterDouble
GetInputParameterInt
GetInputParameterString
IsEncrypted
SetExternalObject
SetInputParameterDouble
SetInputParameterInt
SetInputParameterString
CheckSyntax
Checks the syntax and input parameter of the DPL script and all its subscripts.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Encrypt
Encrypts a script and all its subscripts. The password is needed only to decrypt the encrypted
script. Execution of encrypted scripts work without password. If no password is given a ’Choose
Password’ dialog appears.
int [Link]([str password], [int doRemoveHistoricRecords], [int masterCode])
A RGUMENTS
password (optional)
password for decryption
doRemoveHistoricRecords (optional)
0: do not remove historic copies in database. 1: do remove 2: show dialog and
ask.
masterCode (optional)
used for re-selling scripts. 3rd party licence codes already set in the script will be
overwritten by this value.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Execute
Executes the DPL script. It is not possible to call this function with input parameter. Use
[Link](), [Link]() and [Link]()
instead.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
For scripts without the use of exit() the following values are returned:
0 On a successfull execution.
1 An error occured.
6 User hit the break button.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetExternalObject
Gets the external object defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
[int error,
DataObject value] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the external object parameter.
value (out)
The external object.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
GetInputParameterDouble
Gets the double input parameter value defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
[int error,
float value] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the double input parameter.
value (out)
Value of the double input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
GetInputParameterInt
Gets the integer input parameter value defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
[int error,
int value ] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the integer input parameter.
value (out)
Value of the integer input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
GetInputParameterString
Gets the string input parameter value defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
[int error,
str value ] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the string input parameter.
value (out)
Value of the string input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
IsEncrypted
Returns the encryption state of the script.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Script is encrypted.
0 Script is not encrypted.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SetExternalObject
Sets the external object defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
DataObject value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the external object parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
SetInputParameterDouble
Sets the double input parameter value defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
double value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the double input parameter.
value Value of the double input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
SetInputParameterInt
Sets the integer input parameter value defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
int value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the integer input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
SetInputParameterString
Sets the string input parameter value defined in the ComDpl edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
str value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the string input parameter.
value Value of the string input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
5.4.9 ComFlickermeter
Overview
Execute
Execute
Calculates the short- and long-term flicker according to IEC 61000-4-15.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 OK
1 Error: column not found in file; other internal errors
2 Error: empty input file
3 Error: cannot open file
4 Internal error: matrix empty
5.4.10 ComGenrelinc
Overview
GetCurrentIteration
GetMaxNumIterations
GetCurrentIteration
The command returns the current iteration number of the ’Run Generation Adequacy’ command
(ComGenrel).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the current iteration number.
GetMaxNumIterations
The command returns the maximume number of iterations specified in the ’Run Generation
Adequacy’ command (ComGenrel).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the maximum number of iterations.
5.4.11 ComGridtocim
Overview
ConvertAndExport
ConvertAndExport
SetAuthorityUri
SetBoundaries
SetGridsToExport
ConvertAndExport
Convert Grid to CIM and export CIM data to given file path without storing into database.
int [Link](str filePath,
int withValidation
)
A RGUMENTS
filePath File path for CIM data.
withValidation 0 Do not validate CIM-archive.
1 Validate CIM-archive.
ConvertAndExport
Convert Grid to CIM and export CIM data without storing into database.
int [Link](int withValidation
)
A RGUMENTS
withValidation 0 Do not validate CIM-archive.
1 Validate CIM-archive.
SetAuthorityUri
Sets the authority uri for a specific grid.
None [Link](DataObject grid,
str uri
)
A RGUMENTS
grid Grid to set the URI for.
uri Model authority URI to be set.
SetBoundaries
Sets the grids as ”Boundary Grid” and clears any previous setting.
None [Link](list grids)
A RGUMENTS
grids The grids to be considered as boundaries.
SetGridsToExport
Sets the grids as ”Selected” and clears any previous setting.
None [Link](list grids)
A RGUMENTS
grids The grids to be selected.
5.4.12 ComImport
Overview
GetCreatedObjects
GetModifiedObjects
GetCreatedObjects
Returns the newly created objects after execution of a DGS import.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Collection of objects that have been created during DGS import.
GetModifiedObjects
Returns the modified objects after execution of a DGS import.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Collection of objects that have been modified during DGS import.
5.4.13 ComInc
Overview
ZeroDerivative
ZeroDerivative
This function returns 1 if the state variable derivatives are less than the tolerance for the initial
conditions, provided that the Simulation method is set to RMS values and the Verify initial
conditions option is selected in the Calculation of initial conditions command. The tolerance
is defined on the Solver options page in the Maximum error for dynamic model equations field.
The function returns 0 if the aforementioned conditions are not met, or if at least one state
variable has a derivative larger than the tolerance.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 At least one state variable has a derivative larger than the tolerance, or the re-
quired command options have not been set.
1 All state variable derivatives are less than the tolerance.
5.4.14 ComLdf
Overview
CalcLdf
CalcParams
CheckControllers
DoNotResetCalc
EstimateLoading
EstimateOutage
Execute
IsAC
IsBalanced
IsDC
PrintCheckResults
SetOldDistributeLoadMode
CalcLdf
Perform a load flow analysis with new topology rebuild, but without initialisation of calculation
parameters.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
CalcParams
Initialise calculation parameters for all models.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Always return 1.
CheckControllers
Check the conditions of all controllers based on available load flow results. The report will be
printed out in output window.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Always return 1.
DoNotResetCalc
The load flow results will not be reset even the load flow calculation fails.
int [Link](int doNotReset)
A RGUMENTS
doNotReset
Specifies whether the results shall be reset or not.
0 Reset load flow results if load flow fails.
1 Load flow results will remain even load flow fails.
R ETURNS
Always return 0.
EstimateLoading
Estimate the loading of all branch elements if the power injections of given set of terminals
are changed. The changed power for each terminal is stored in dpl1 (active power) and dpl2
(reactive power).
A RGUMENTS
nodes The terminals whose power injections are changed.
init Initialisation of sensitivities.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
EstimateOutage
Estimate the loading of all branches with outages of given set of branch elements.
int [Link](list branches,
int init
)
A RGUMENTS
branches The branch elements to be in outage.
init Initialisation of sensitivities.
0 No need to calculate sensitivities; it assumes that sensitivities have
been calculated before hand.
1 Sensitivities will be newly calculated.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
Execute
Performs a load flow analysis on a network. Results are displayed in the single line graphic and
available in relevant elements.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 OK
1 Load flow failed due to divergence of inner loops.
2 Load flow failed due to divergence of outer loops.
IsAC
Check whether this load flow is configured as AC method or not.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Is a DC method.
1 Is an AC method.
IsBalanced
Check whether this load flow command is configured as balanced or unbalanced.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns true if the load flow is balanced.
IsDC
Check whether this load flow is configured as DC method or not.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Is an AC method.
1 Is a DC method.
PrintCheckResults
Shows the verification report in the output window.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Always return 1.
SetOldDistributeLoadMode
Set the old scaling mode in case of Distributed Slack by loads.
None [Link](int iOldMode)
A RGUMENTS
iOldMode The flag showing if the old model is used.
0 Use standard mode.
1 Use old mode.
5.4.15 ComLink
Overview
LoadMicroSCADAFile
ReceiveData
SendData
SentDataStatus
SetOPCReceiveQuality
SetSwitchShcEventMode
LoadMicroSCADAFile
Reads in a MicroSCADA snapshot file.
int [Link](str filename,
[int populate]
)
A RGUMENTS
filename name of the file to read
populate (optional)
determines whether new values should be populated to the network elements
(0=no, 1=yes)
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
ReceiveData
Reads and processes values for all (in PowerFactory configured) items from OPC server (OPC
only).
int [Link]([int force])
A RGUMENTS
force (optional)
0 (default) Processes changed values (asynchronously) received by Pow-
erFactory via callback
1 Forces (synchronous) reading and processing of all values (independet
of value changes)
R ETURNS
Number of read items
SendData
Sends values from configured measurement objects to OPC server (OPC only).
int [Link]([int force])
A RGUMENTS
force (optional)
0 (default) Send only data that have been changed and difference be-
tween old and new value is greater than configured deadband
1 Forces writing of all values (independet of previous value)
R ETURNS
Number of written items
SentDataStatus
Outputs status of all items marked for sending to output window.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Number of items configured for sending.
SetOPCReceiveQuality
Allows to override the actual OPC receive quality by this value. (Can be used for testing.)
int [Link](int quality)
A RGUMENTS
quality new receive quality (bitmask)
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
SetSwitchShcEventMode
Configures whether value changes for switches are directly transferred to the object itself of
whether shc switch events shall be created instead.
None [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled
0 Values are directly written to switches
1 For each value change a switch event will be created
5.4.16 ComMerge
Overview
CheckAssignments
Compare
CompareActive
ExecuteRecording
ExecuteWithActiveProject
GetCorrespondingObject
GetModification
GetModificationResult
GetModifiedObjects
Merge
PrintComparisonReport
PrintModifications
Reset
SetAutoAssignmentForAll
SetObjectsToCompare
ShowBrowser
WereModificationsFound
CheckAssignments
Checks if all assignments are correct and merge can be done.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 Canceled by user.
2 Missing assignments found.
3 Conflicts found.
4 On other errors.
Compare
Starts a comparison according to the settings in this ComMerge object. The merge browser is
not shown.
int [Link]()
CompareActive
Starts a comparison according to the settings in this ComMerge object. The merge browser is
not shown. Can compare with the active project.
int [Link]()
ExecuteRecording
Starts a comparison according to the settings in this ComMerge object and shows the merge
browser. Records modifications in the active scenario and/or expansion stage of the target
project.
int [Link]()
ExecuteWithActiveProject
Starts a comparison according to the settings in this ComMerge object and shows the merge
browser. Can compare with the active project.
None [Link]()
GetCorrespondingObject
Searches corresponding object for given object.
DataObject [Link](DataObject sourceObj,
[int target]
)
A RGUMENTS
sourceObj
Object for which corresponding object is searched.
target
0 Get corresponding object from “Base” (default)
1 Get corresponding object from “1st”
2 Get corresponding object from “2nd”
R ETURNS
object Corresponding object.
None Corresponding object not found.
GetModification
Gets kind of modification between corresponding objects of “Base” and “1st” or “2nd”.
int [Link](DataObject sourceObj,
[int taget]
)
A RGUMENTS
sourceObj
Object from any source for which modification is searched.
target
1 Get modification from “Base” to “1st” (default)
2 Get modification from “Base” to “2nd”
R ETURNS
0 On error.
1 No modifications (equal).
2 Modified.
3 Added in “1st”/“2nd”.
4 Removed in “1st”/“2nd”.
GetModificationResult
Gets kind of modifications between compared objects in “1st” and “2nd”.
int [Link](DataObject obj)
A RGUMENTS
obj Object from any source for which modification is searched.
R ETURNS
0 On error.
1 No modifications (equal).
2 Same modifications in “1st” and “2nd” (no conflict).
3 Different modifications in “1st” and “2nd” (conflict).
GetModifiedObjects
Gets all objects with a certain kind of modification.
list [Link](int modType,
[int modSource]
)
A RGUMENTS
modType
1 get unmodified objects
2 get modified objects
3 get added objects
4 get removed obejcts
modSource
1 consider modification between “Base” and “1st” (default)
2 consider modification between “Base” and “2nd”
R ETURNS
Set with matching objects.
Unmodified, modified and added objects are always from given “modSource”, removed ob-
jects are always from “Base” .
Merge
Checks assignments, merges modifications according to assignments into target and prints
merge report to output window.
None [Link](int printReport)
A RGUMENTS
printReport
1 print merge report (default)
0 do not print merge report
always set to 0 in paste and split mode
PrintComparisonReport
Prints the modifications of all compared objects as a report to the output window.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode
0 no report
1 only modified compare objects
2 all compare objects
PrintModifications
Prints modifications of given objects (if any) to the output window.
int [Link](list objs)
int [Link](DataObject obj)
A RGUMENTS
objs Set of objects for which the modifications are printed.
obj Object for which the modifications are printed.
R ETURNS
0 On error: object(s) not found in comparison.
1 On success: modifications were printed.
Reset
Resets/clears and deletes all temp. object sets, created internally for the comparison.
None [Link]()
SetAutoAssignmentForAll
Sets the assignment of all compared objects automatically.
None [Link](int conflictVal)
A RGUMENTS
conflictVal
Assignment of compared objects with undefined automatic values (e.g. conflicts)
0 no assignment
1 assign from “Base”
2 assign from 1st
3 assign from 2nd
SetObjectsToCompare
Sets top level objects for comparison.
None [Link](DataObject base,
[DataObject first,]
[DataObject second]
)
A RGUMENTS
base Top level object to be set as “Base”
ShowBrowser
Shows merge browser with initialized settings and all compared objects. Can only be called
after a comparison was executed.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 The browser was left with ok button.
1 The browser was left with cancel button.
2 On error.
WereModificationsFound
Checks, if modifications were found in comparison.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 All objects in comparison are equal.
1 Modifications found in comparison.
5.4.17 ComMot
Overview
GetMotorConnections
GetMotorSwitch
GetMotorTerminal
GetMotorConnections
Finds the cables connecting the motor to the switch.
list [Link](DataObject motor)
A RGUMENTS
motor The motor element
R ETURNS
Returns the set of cables connecting the motor to the switch.
GetMotorSwitch
Finds the switch which will connect the motor to the network.
DataObject [Link](DataObject motor)
A RGUMENTS
motor The motor element
R ETURNS
Returns the switch element.
GetMotorTerminal
Finds the terminal to which the motor will be connected.
DataObject [Link](DataObject motor)
A RGUMENTS
motor The motor element
R ETURNS
Returns the terminal element.
5.4.18 ComNmink
Overview
AddRef
Clear
GetAll
DIgSILENT PowerFactory 2018, Python Function Reference 265
Chapter 5. Object Methods
AddRef
Adds shortcuts to the objects to the existing selection.
None [Link](DataObject O)
None [Link](list S)
A RGUMENTS
O(optional)
an object
S(optional)
a Set of objects
Clear
Delete all contents, i.e. to empty the selection.
None [Link]()
GetAll
Returns all objects which are of the class 'ClassName'.
list [Link](str className)
A RGUMENTS
className
The object class name.
R ETURNS
The set of objects
5.4.19 ComOmr
Overview
GetFeeders
GetOMR
GetRegionCount
GetFeeders
Get all feeders for which optimal manual switches have been determined. This function can be
used after execution of an Optimal Manual Restoration command only.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of all feeders used for optimisation.
GetOMR
Get terminal and connected optimal manual switches determined by the optimisation for the
given feeder and its region(pocket) of the given index. For a detailed description of a pocket,
please consult the manual. This function can be used after execution of an Optimal Manual
Restoration command only.
list [Link](DataObject arg0,
int arg1
)
A RGUMENTS
arg0 The feeder to derive the resulting optimal terminal with its connected (optimal)
manual switches for.
arg1 The index of the region(pocket) inside the given feeder to derive the resulting
optimal terminal with its connected (optimal) manual switches for.
R ETURNS
The resulting optimal terminal with its connected (optimal) manual switches for the region in
the feeder.
GetRegionCount
Get total number of regions(pockets) separated by infeeding point, feeder ends and certain
switches for the provided feeder. For a detailed description of a pocket, please consult the
manual. This function can be used after execution of an Optimal Manual Restoration command
only.
int [Link](DataObject feeder)
A RGUMENTS
feeder Feeder to derive number of regions(pockets) for.
R ETURNS
Number of regions(pockets) for the feeder.
5.4.20 ComOpc
Overview
ReceiveData
SendData
ReceiveData
Reads and processes values for all (in PowerFactory configured) items from OPC server (OPC
only).
int [Link]([int force])
A RGUMENTS
force (optional)
R ETURNS
1 if successfully received data -1 if an error occured -2 if the link is not connected
SendData
Sends values from configured measurement objects to OPC server (OPC only).
int [Link]([int force])
A RGUMENTS
force (optional)
0 (default) Send only data that have been changed and difference be-
tween old and new value is greater than configured deadband
1 Forces writing of all values (independet of previous value)
R ETURNS
1 if successfully received data -1 if an error occured -2 if the link is not connected
5.4.21 ComOutage
Overview
ContinueTrace
ExecuteTime
GetObject
RemoveEvents
SetObjs
StartTrace
StopTrace
ContinueTrace
Continue the next step of the trace.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
6 0
= On error.
ExecuteTime
Execute contingency (with multiple time phase) for the given time.
int [Link](float time)
A RGUMENTS
time the given time to be executed.
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
GetObject
Get the element stored in line number “line” in the table of ComOutage. The line index starts
with 0.
DataObject [Link](int line)
A RGUMENTS
line line index, if index exceeds the range None is returned
R ETURNS
the element of line “line” in the table.
RemoveEvents
Remove all events defined in this contingency.
None [Link] ([int info])
None [Link] (str type)
None [Link] (int info, str type)
None [Link] (str type, int info)
A RGUMENTS
type
none Hidden objects are ignored and not added to the set
'Lod' remove all EvtLod
'Gen' remove all EvtGen
'Switch' remove all EvtSwitch
info(optional)
1 show info message in output window (default)
0 do not show info message
SetObjs
To fill up the ”interrupted components” with given elements.
Sets the list of objects according to S.
int [Link](list S)
A RGUMENTS
S the set of objects
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
StartTrace
Start trace all post fault events of this contingency.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
StopTrace
To stop the trace.
int [Link]([int msg])
A RGUMENTS
msg (optional)
Emit messages or not.
0 Suppress messages.
1 Emit messages.
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
5.4.22 ComPython
Overview
GetExternalObject
GetInputParameterDouble
GetInputParameterInt
GetInputParameterString
SetExternalObject
SetInputParameterDouble
SetInputParameterInt
SetInputParameterString
GetExternalObject
Gets the external object defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
[int error,
DataObject value] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the external object parameter.
value (out)
The external object.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
GetInputParameterDouble
Gets the double input parameter value defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
[int error,
float value] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the double input parameter.
value (out)
Value of the double input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
GetInputParameterInt
Gets the integer input parameter value defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
[int error,
int value ] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the integer input parameter.
value (out)
Value of the integer input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
GetInputParameterString
Gets the string input parameter value defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
[int error,
str value ] [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the string input parameter.
value (out)
Value of the string input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
SetExternalObject
Sets the external object defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
DataObject value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the external object parameter.
value The external object.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
SetInputParameterDouble
Sets the double input parameter value defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
double value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the double input parameter.
value Value of the double input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
SetInputParameterInt
Sets the integer input parameter value defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
int value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the integer input parameter.
value Value of the integer input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
SetInputParameterString
Sets the string input parameter value defined in the ComPython edit dialog.
int [Link](str name,
str value
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the string input parameter.
value Value of the string input parameter.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link](),
[Link](), [Link]()
5.4.23 ComRel3
Overview
AnalyseElmRes
ExeEvt
OvlAlleviate
RemoveEvents
RemoveOutages
ValidateConstraints
AnalyseElmRes
Evaluate the results object created by the last calculation. Performs exactly the same as press-
ing the button 'Perform Evaluation of Result File' in the dialogue box of the command.
int [Link]([int error])
A RGUMENTS
error (optional)
0 do not display an error message (default)
1 display error messages in case of errors
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
ExeEvt
Executes a given event.
None [Link]([DataObject event])
A RGUMENTS
event The event that shall be executed.
OvlAlleviate
Performs an overload alleviation for given events.
int [Link]([list preCalcEvents])
A RGUMENTS
preCalcEvents (optional)
The events which will be executed before the calculation.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 Failure in load flow.
2 No overloading detected.
>2 On error.
RemoveEvents
Removes all events stored in all contingencies (*.ComContingency) inside the reliability com-
mand.
None [Link]()
RemoveOutages
Removes all contingency definitions (*.ComContingencies) stored inside the reliability com-
mand.
None [Link]([int msg])
A RGUMENTS
msg( optional)
1 Show info message in output window (default value).
0 Do not emit messages.
ValidateConstraints
Checks if the restoration of a contingency violates any constraint according to the current set-
tings of the reliability calculation. These do not necessarily have to be the settings used during
calculation. Of course the selected calculation method of ComRel3 has to be ’Load flow analy-
sis’ to check for constraint violations.
int [Link](DataObject contingency)
A RGUMENTS
contingency
The contingency which will be checked for constraint violations.
R ETURNS
0 No constraint violations, or all constraint violations could be solved.
1 Constraints are violated.
−1 Contingency not valid.
5.4.24 ComRelpost
Overview
CalcContributions
GetContributionOfComponent
CalcContributions
Calculates the contributions to load interruptions of the loads that are passed to this function.
The loads can be e.g. inside a feeder or a zone as well. If nothing is passed as input all loads
will be analysed.
int [Link]([list elements])
A RGUMENTS
elements (optional)
Elements (Loads) for which the contributions shall be calculated (default: all loads,
if no argument is passed).
R ETURNS
0 Calculation successful.
1 On error.
GetContributionOfComponent
Gets the contributions of a component to a certain reliability indice.
float [Link](int componentNr,
str indice)
A RGUMENTS
componentNr 1. Lines
2. Cables
3. Transformers
4. Busbars
5. Generators
6. Common Modes
7. Double Earth Faults
indice Avalaible indices are: ’SAIFI’, ’SAIDI’, ’ASIFI’, ’ASIDI’, ’ENS’, ’EIC’
R ETURNS
The contribution of this component to this reliability indice.
5.4.25 ComRelreport
Overview
GetContingencies
GetContributionOfComponent
DIgSILENT PowerFactory 2018, Python Function Reference 276
Chapter 5. Object Methods
GetContingencies
Gets all contingencies of reliability for reporting.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All contingencies of reliability for reporting.
GetContributionOfComponent
Is described in [Link]().
float [Link](int componentNr,
str indice)
5.4.26 ComRes
Overview
ExportFullRange
FileNmResNm
ExportFullRange
Executes the export command for the whole data range.
None [Link]()
FileNmResNm
Sets the filename for the data export to the name of the result object being exported (classes:
ElmRes, IntComtrade)
None [Link]()
5.4.27 ComShc
Overview
ExecuteRXSweep
GetFaultType
GetOverLoadedBranches
GetOverLoadedBuses
ExecuteRXSweep
Calculates RX Sweep. If no impedance passed, the value from the command shall be used. If
argument passed then the impedance changes are stored to the command (Rf, Xf).
int [Link]()
int [Link](float Zr,
float Zi
A RGUMENTS
Zr Impedance real part
Zi Impedance imaginary part
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 On error.
GetFaultType
Returns the short-circuit fault type.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 three phase fault
1 single phase to ground
2 two phase fault
3 two phase to ground fault
4 three phase unbalanced fault
5 single phase to neutral fault
6 single phase, neutral to ground fault
7 two phase to neutral fault
8 two phase, neutral to ground fault
9 three phase to neutral fault
10 three phase, neutral to ground fault
20 DC fault
GetOverLoadedBranches
Get overloaded branches after a short-circuit calculation.
[int error,
list branches] [Link](float ip,
float ith)
A RGUMENTS
ip Max. peak-current loading, in %
ith Max. thermal loading, in %
branches (out)
Set of branches which are checked
R ETURNS
=0 On error or 0 branches found.
6= 0 Number of branches.
E XAMPLE
GetOverLoadedBuses
Get overloaded buses after a short-circuit calculation.
[int error,
list buses] [Link](float ip,
float ith)
A RGUMENTS
ip Max. peak-current loading, in %
R ETURNS
=0 On error or 0 buses found.
6= 0 Number of buses.
E XAMPLE
5.4.28 ComShctrace
Overview
BlockSwitch
ExecuteAllSteps
ExecuteInitialStep
ExecuteNextStep
GetBlockedSwitches
GetCurrentTimeStep
GetDeviceSwitches
GetDeviceTime
GetNonStartedDevices
GetStartedDevices
GetSwitchTime
GetTrippedDevices
NextStepAvailable
BlockSwitch
Blocks a switch from operating for the remainder of the trace.
int [Link](DataObject switchDevice)
A RGUMENTS
switchDevice
Switch device to block.
R ETURNS
0 Switch can not be blocked (e.g. because it already operated).
1 Switch is blocked.
ExecuteAllSteps
Executes all steps of the short circuit trace. This function requires the trace to be already
running
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No error occourred, trace is complete.
!=0 An error occurred, calculation was reset.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
ExecuteInitialStep
Executes the first step of the short circuit trace.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No error occourred, the short-circuit trace is now running.
!=0 An error occurred, calculation was reset.
ExecuteNextStep
Executes the next step of the short circuit trace. This function requires the trace to be already
running
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No error occourred, step was executed .
!=0 An error occurred, calculation was reset.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetBlockedSwitches
Returns all switches which are currently blocked.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All blocked switches.
GetCurrentTimeStep
Returns the current time step of the trace in seconds.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The current time step in [s].
GetDeviceSwitches
Returns all switches operated by a protection device.
list [Link](DataObject device)
A RGUMENTS
device Protection device to get the switches for.
R ETURNS
All switches devices operated by the protection device.
GetDeviceTime
Returns the time a protection device operated or will operate at.
float [Link](DataObject device)
A RGUMENTS
device Protection device to get the time for.
R ETURNS
The tripping time of the device itself, if the device already tripped, or the prospective tripping
time.
GetNonStartedDevices
Returns all protection devices which are not started.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All protection devices which are not started.
GetStartedDevices
Returns all started but not yet tripped protection devices.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All started but not yet tripped protection devices.
GetSwitchTime
Returns the time a switch device operated or will operate at.
float [Link](DataObject device,
DataObject switchDevice
)
A RGUMENTS
device Reference protection device for the switch.
R ETURNS
The tripping time of the switch device, based on the tripping time of the reference protection
device. If the switch already operated, the time of operation will be returned.
GetTrippedDevices
Returns all protection devices already tripped.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All protection devices already tripped.
NextStepAvailable
Indicates whether or not a next time step can be executed.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Next step is not available, the trace is completed.
1 A next step is available.
5.4.29 ComSim
Overview
GetSimulationTime
GetTotalWarnA
GetTotalWarnB
GetTotalWarnC
GetViolatedScanModules
LoadSnapshot
SaveSnapshot
GetSimulationTime
Get the actual simulation time.
double [Link]()
R ETURNS
The simulation time in seconds.
GetTotalWarnA
Returns the total number of type-A (serious) warnings related to the time-domain simulation.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the total number of type-A (serious) warnings.
GetTotalWarnB
Returns the total number of type-B (moderate) warnings related to the time-domain simulation.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the total number of type-B (moderate) warnings.
GetTotalWarnC
Returns the total number of type-C (minor) warnings related to the time-domain simulation.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the total number of type-C (minor) warnings.
GetViolatedScanModules
Returns a set of scan modules of which each have at least one violation.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns a set of scan modules of which each have at least one violation.
LoadSnapshot
Load the state of a dynamic simulation from a file.
int [Link]([string snapshotFilePath], [int suppressUserMessage])
D EPRECATED N AMES
LoadSimulationState
A RGUMENTS
snapshotFilePath (optional)
The snapshot file to load. If no file is specified, the last snapshot stored in the
memory is used. (default = ”)
suppressUserMessage (optional)
The pop-up window asking for data overwrite is not displayed if this value is set to
1. (default = 0)
R ETURNS
0 Saved simulation state has been loaded.
1 Saved simulation state cannot be loaded.
2 Saved simulation state does not match actual model. Calculation will be reset.
SaveSnapshot
Save the state of a dynamic simulation to memory and to a file.
int [Link](string snapshotFilePath, [int suppressUserMessage])
D EPRECATED N AMES
SaveSimulationState
A RGUMENTS
snapshotFilePath (optional)
The snapshot file to save. If no file is specified, the last snapshot is saved in the
non-persistent memory slot. (default = ”)
suppressUserMessage (optional)
The pop-up window asking for file overwriting is not displayed if this value is set to
1. (default = 0)
R ETURNS
0 OK
1 Error
5.4.30 ComSimoutage
Overview
AddCntcy
AddContingencies
ClearCont
CreateFaultCase
Execute
ExecuteCntcy
GetNTopLoadedElms
MarkRegions
RemoveContingencies
Reset
SetLimits
Update
AddCntcy
Executes an (additional) ComOutage, without resetting results. The results of the outage anal-
ysis will be added to the intermediate results. Object “O” must be a ComOutage object. If
the outage definition has already been analyzed, it will be ignored. The ComOutage will be
renamed to “name” when “name” is given.
int [Link](DataObject O,
[str name]
)
A RGUMENTS
O The ComOutage object
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
AddContingencies
Adds contingencies for fault cases/groups selected by the user to the command. Shows a modal
window with the list of available fault cases and groups. Functionality as “Add Cases/Groups”
button in dialog.
None [Link]()
ClearCont
Reset existing contingency analysis results and delete existing contingency cases.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
CreateFaultCase
Create fault cases from the given elements.
int [Link](list elms,
int mode,
[int createEvt],
[object folder]
)
A RGUMENTS
elms Selected elements to create fault cases.
mode How the fault cases are created:
0 Single fault case containing all elements.
1 n-1 (multiple cases).
2 n-2 (multiple cases).
3 Collecting coupling elemnts and create fault cases for line couplings.
createEvt (optional)
Switch event:
0 Do NOT create switch events.
1 Create switch events.
folder (optional)
Folder in which the fault case is stored.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
Execute
Execute contingency analysis.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
ExecuteCntcy
Execute additional contingency analysis without resetting results.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
GetNTopLoadedElms
To get certain number of top loaded components (most close to its limit).
list [Link](int number)
A RGUMENTS
number The number of elements to be found.
elements (out)
The top loaded elements.
MarkRegions
To execute Region marker for certain system status (like prefault, post fault etc.), which will
indentifies energizing mode for each element.
int [Link](int stage)
A RGUMENTS
stage which system stage to be analyzed, 0¡=stage¡=2
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
RemoveContingencies
Removes all contingencies from the command. Functionality as ”Remove All” button in dialog.
None [Link]()
Reset
Resets the intermediate results of the outage simulation.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
SetLimits
Sets the limits for the outage simulation.
int [Link](float vlmin,
float vlmax,
float ldmax)
A RGUMENTS
vlmin The minimum voltage
vlmax The maximum voltage
ldmax The maximum loading
Update
To update contingency cases via topology search. It will find interrupted elements, required
switch actions for each contingency.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
5.4.31 ComSvgexport
Overview
SetFileName
SetObject
SetObjects
SetFileName
Sets SVG file for export.
None [Link](str path)
A RGUMENTS
path Path of target SVG file
SetObject
Sets annotation layer or group for export.
None [Link](DataObject obj)
A RGUMENTS
obj Annotation layer (IntGrflayer) or group (IntGrfgroup) to be exported
SetObjects
Sets annotation layers and groups for export.
None [Link](set objs)
A RGUMENTS
objs Set of annotation layers (IntGrflayer) and/or groups (IntGrfgroup) to be exported
5.4.32 ComSvgimport
Overview
SetFileName
SetObject
SetFileName
Sets source SVG file for import.
None [Link](str path);
A RGUMENTS
path Path of SVG file to be imported
SetObject
Sets target annotation layer or group for import.
None [Link](DataObject obj);
A RGUMENTS
obj Target annotation layer (IntGrflayer) or group (IntGrfgroup)
5.4.33 ComTasks
Overview
AppendCommand
AppendStudyCase
RemoveCmdsForStudyCaseRow
RemoveStudyCases
SetResultsFolder
AppendCommand
Appends a command for calculation.
int [Link](DataObject command,
[int studyCaseRow]
)
R ETURNS
0 Command could not be added for calculation.
1 Command has been successfully added for calculation.
A RGUMENTS
command
Command to add for calculation.
studyCaseRow
<= 0 Command is added to the list of commands for its study case.
>0 Optionally, the row in the study case table containing the study case
for which this command shall be added can be passed. This is helpful,
e.g., if a study case has been added multiple times for calculation with
different command lists.
AppendStudyCase
Appends a study case to the list of study cases for calculation.
int [Link](DataObject studyCase)
R ETURNS
0 Study case could not be added for calculation.
1 Study case has been successfully added for calculation.
A RGUMENTS
studyCase
Study case to add for calculation.
RemoveCmdsForStudyCaseRow
Removes all commands selected for calculation for a given row in the study case table.
int [Link](int studyCaseRow)
R ETURNS
0 Commands could not be removed from calculation.
1 All commands of study case row were successfully removed from calculation.
A RGUMENTS
studyCaseRow
The row in the study case table containing the study case for which all commands
shall be removed.
RemoveStudyCases
Removes all selected study cases from calculation.
None [Link]()
SetResultsFolder
Set a folder to store results for a given row in the study case table.
int [Link](DataObject folder, int studyCaseRow)
R ETURNS
0 New folder could not be set as results folder for the given row in the study case
table.
1 Folder was successfully set as resuls folder for given row in the study case table.
A RGUMENTS
folder The new folder to store results in.
studyCaseRow
The row in the study case table containing the study case for which results folder
shall be set.
5.4.34 ComTececo
Overview
UpdateTablesByCalcPeriod
UpdateTablesByCalcPeriod
Update all calculation points with respect to a new start- and end year
int [Link](float start,
float end
)
A RGUMENTS
start Start year of the study period
end End year of the study period
R ETURNS
0 Calculation points have been successfully set.
1 Invalid input data: end year of study period must be greater or equal to start year.
5.4.35 ComTransfer
Overview
GetTransferCalcData
IsLastIterationFeasible
GetTransferCalcData
The function returns the calculated transfer capacity and the total number of iteration after the
transfer capacity command has been executed.
[float transferCapacity,
int totalIterations ] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
transferCapacity (out)
Transfer capacity value at the last feasible iteration.
totalIterations (out)
Total iteration number.
IsLastIterationFeasible
The function verifies if the last transfer calculation iteration resulted in the feasible solution or
not.
[Link]()
5.4.36 ComUcte
Overview
SetBatchMode
SetBatchMode
The batch mode allows to suppress all messages except error and warnings. This can be useful
when used in scripts where additional output might be confusing.
None [Link](int enabled)
A RGUMENTS
enabled
0 disables batch mode, all messages are printed to output window (de-
fault).
1 enables batch mode, only error and warning messages are printed to
output window.
5.4.37 ComUcteexp
Overview
BuildNodeNames
DeleteCompleteQuickAccess
ExportAndInitQuickAccess
GetConnectedBranches
GetFromToNodeNames
GetOrderCode
GetUcteNodeName
InitQuickAccess
QuickAccessAvailable
ResetQuickAccess
SetGridSelection
BuildNodeNames
Builds the node names as used in UCTE export and makes them accessible via :UcteNode-
Name attribute. The node names will only be available as long as topology has not been
changed. They must be re-build after any topology relevant modification.
Furthermore, the method fills the quick access cache given by the cache index for node names
and branch topologies as used in UCTE export. The quick access cache endures also topology
changes. The cache index is optional. If no cache index is given the default quick access cache
is used.
int [Link]([int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 0n error (e.g. load flow calculation failed).
DeleteCompleteQuickAccess
Deletes all quick access caches.
None [Link]()
ExportAndInitQuickAccess
Performs an UCTE export and fills the quick access cache given by the cache index.
None [Link](int cacheIndex)
A RGUMENTS
cacheIndex
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
GetConnectedBranches
Determines the connected branches for the given terminal from the quick access cache given
by the optional cache index. If no cache index is given the default quick access cache is used.
list [Link](DataObject terminal
[int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
terminal Terminal to determine the connected branches from
connectedBranches (out)
Connected branches for the given terminal
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
GetFromToNodeNames
Determines the UCTE node names of the branch ends from the quick access cache given by
the optional cache index. If no cache index is given the default quick access cache is used.
[str nodeNameFrom,
str nodeNameTo ] [Link](DataObject branch,
[int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
branch Branch to find the UCTE node names from
nodeNameFrom (out)
UCTE node name of start node
nodeNameTo (out)
UCTE node name of end node
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
GetOrderCode
Determines the order code of the given branch element as used for UCTE export from the quick
access cache given by the optional cache index. If no cache index is given the default quick
access cache is used.
str [Link](DataObject branch,
[int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
branch Branch element to get the UCTE order code from
orderCode (out)
Order code of the given branch element
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
GetUcteNodeName
Determines the node name of the given terminal as used for UCTE export from the quick access
cache given by the optional cache index. If no cache index is given the default quick access
cache is used.
str [Link](DataObject terminal,
[int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
terminal Terminal to get the UCTE node name from
ucteNodeName (out)
UCTE node name of the given terminal
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
InitQuickAccess
Initializes the quick access cache given by the optional cache index. The quick acess cache
contains node names and branch topologies as used in UCTE export and endures topology
changes. InitQuickAccess() requires a successful executed UCTE export as pre-condition. The
cache index is optional. If no cache index is given the default quick access cache is used.
None [Link]([int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
QuickAccessAvailable
Checks if the quick access cache given by the optional cache index is available. If no cache
index is given the default quick access cache is checked for availability.
None [Link]([int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
ResetQuickAccess
Resets the given quick access cache for node names and branch topologies as used in UCTE
export. The cache index is optional. If no cache index is given the default quick access cache
is reset.
None [Link]([int cacheIndex])
A RGUMENTS
cacheIndex (optional)
Index of the quick access cache (must be greater than or equals to 0)
SetGridSelection
Configures the selected grids in the UCTE export command.
None [Link](list gridsToExport)
A RGUMENTS
gridsToExport
Grids (instances of class ElmNet) to be selected for export. All not contained grids
will be de-selected.
5.5 Settings
5.5.1 SetCluster
Overview
CalcCluster
GetNumberOfClusters
CalcCluster
Performs a load flow calculation for the cluster index passed to the function. To execute properly
this function requires that a valid load flow result is already calculated before calling it.
int [Link](int clusterIndex,
[int messageOn]
)
A RGUMENTS
clusterIndex
The cluster index. Zero based value, the first cluster has index 0.
messageOn (optional)
Possible values:
0 Do not emit a message in the output window.
1 Emit a message in the output window in case that the function does
not execute properly.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 There are no clusters, the number of clusters is 0.
2 The cluster index exceeds the number of clusters.
3 There is no load flow in memory before running CalcCluster.
GetNumberOfClusters
Get the number of clusters.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of clusters.
5.5.2 SetColscheme
Overview
CreateFilter
SetColouring
SetFilter
CreateFilter
Creates filter used to determine objects to be colored.
int [Link]([int pageNr])
A RGUMENTS
pageNr empty Create filter for currently valid calculation
set Dialog page number for which filter is created (see table below)
Table 5.5.3
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
SetColouring
Sets colouring for given or currently valid calculation.
int [Link](str page,
int energizing,
[int alarm,]
[int normal]
)
A RGUMENTS
page
empty set for currentlx valid calculation
set page for which modes are set (see table below)
energizing
Colouring for Energizing Status
-2 enable (set to previously selected mode),
-1 do not change
0 disable
>0 set to this mode (see table below)
alarm Colouring for Alarm
-2 enable (set to previously selected mode),
-1 do not change (default)
0 disable
>0 set to this mode (see table below)
normal Other Colouring
Table 5.5.4
Table 5.5.5
Table 5.5.6
Table 5.5.7
Note: User-defined filters can be set with a “normal” value of 1000 or higher. The first filter in
the list has the value 1000, the next one has 1001 and so on.
R ETURNS
0 error (at least one of the given colourings cannot be set, e.g. not available for
given page). Nothing is changed.
1 ok
SetFilter
Sets filter for given or currently valid calculation.
int [Link](int filter,
[int page]
)
int [Link](DataObject obj,
[int page]
)
A RGUMENTS
filter number of filter to be set
R ETURNS
0 ok
1 error (filter or page not found)
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
5.5.3 SetDesktop
Overview
AddPage
DoAutoScaleX
GetPage
SetAdaptX
SetAutoScaleX
SetResults
SetScaleX
SetXVar
Show
WriteWMF
AddPage
Adds an existing page to a graphics and activates it
A RGUMENTS
page2add
The page to add to the desktop.
R ETURNS
The page displayed or None if the desktop was not changed.
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axes of all plots in the graphics board which use the x-axis scale defined in the
graphics board.
None [Link]()
GetPage
Searches, activates and returns a graphics page in the currently open graphics board. If “create”
is true, then a new virtual instrument panel will be created and added to the graphics board if
no page with name was found.
DataObject [Link](str name,
[int create]
)
A RGUMENTS
name Name of the page.
create (optional)
Possible values:
0 do not create new virtual instrument panel
1 create panel if it does not exist already
R ETURNS
Virtual instrument panel (SetVipage)
SetAdaptX
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the x-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float trigger]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
trigger (optional)
Trigger value, unused if mode is off or empty
SetAutoScaleX
Sets automatic scaling mode of the x-scale. A warning is issued if an invalid mode is passed to
the function.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
SetResults
Sets default results object of graphics board.
None [Link](DataObject res)
A RGUMENTS
res Result object to set or None to reset. Valid result object is any of class ElmRes,
IntComtrade and IntComtradeset.
SetScaleX
Sets x-axis scale. A function call without arguments sets the Auto Scale setting to On without
changing the scale itself.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of x-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of x-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
SetXVar
Sets x-axis variable. If The default x-axis variable (time) is set if no argument is passed.
None [Link]()
None [Link](DataObject obj,]
str varname
)
A RGUMENTS
obj (optional)
x-axis object
varname (optional)
variable of obj
Show
Shows the virtual instrument panel with the same name as 'pageObject' or the page with
name 'pageName' in the graphics board. The object 'pageObject' is typically a object of class
'SetVipage' (virtual instrument panel) but, as only its name is used, it may be any other type of
object. Calling the function without an argument opens the graphics board.
int [Link]()
int [Link](str pageName)
int [Link](DataObject pageObject)
A RGUMENTS
pageName (optional)
Name of graphics page.
pageObject (optional)
A graphics page oject.
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
WriteWMF
Writes the currently open graphic to a windows metafile file (*.wmf).
int [Link](str filename)
A RGUMENTS
filename Filename without extension.
5.5.4 SetDistrstate
Overview
CalcCluster
CalcCluster
Calculates a load flow with a given load distribution state applied.
list(int, ...) [Link](float arg0,
[float arg1]
)
A RGUMENTS
clusterIndex
The number of the load cluster - 1
emitMessage (optional)
Emit messages if not equal to zero
R ETURNS
0 if ok. -1 if load flow of cluster did not converge.
5.5.5 SetFilt
Overview
Get
Get
Returns a container with the filtered objects.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of filtered objects.
5.5.6 SetLevelvis
Overview
AdaptWidth
Align
ChangeFont
ChangeFrameAndWidth
ChangeLayer
ChangeRefPoints
ChangeWidthVisibilityAndColour
Mark
Reset
AdaptWidth
This function resizes the in the object specified group of text boxes regarding their text contents.
None [Link]()
Align
This function aligns the text within a text box.
None [Link](int iPos)
A RGUMENTS
iPos Alignment position
0 left
1 middle
2 right
ChangeFont
This function sets the font number for the specified group of text boxes.
None [Link](int iFont)
A RGUMENTS
iFont Font number (default fonts range from 0 to 13)
ChangeFrameAndWidth
This method is not available anymore. Please use [Link]()
instead.
list(None, ...) [Link]([int iFrame,]
[int iWidth,]
[int iVisibility,]
[int iColour]
)
ChangeLayer
This function sets the specified group of text boxes to a given layer.
None [Link](str sLayer)
A RGUMENTS
sLayer Layer name (e.g. 'Object Names', 'Results', 'Invisible Objects',..)
ChangeRefPoints
This function sets the reference points between a text box (second parameter) and its parent
object (first parameter), e.g. if the result box of a busbar shall be shown on top of a drawn
bar instead of below the bar the values change from (6,4) to (4,6). The first number specifies
the reference number of the text box. The integer values describe the position of the reference
points within a rectangle (0=centre, 1=middle right, 2=top right,..):
432
501
678
A RGUMENTS
iParRef Defines the reference point on the parent object (e.g. busbar)
iTBRef Defines the reference point on the text box
ChangeWidthVisibilityAndColour
This function sets the visibility of the frame, the width (in number of letters), the visibility and the
colour of text boxes.
None [Link]([int iWidth,]
[int iVisibility,]
[int iColour]
)
A RGUMENTS
iWidth Sets the width in number of letters
0..n width
iVisibility Sets the visibility
0 not visible
1 visible
iColour Sets the colour
0..255 colour
Mark
Marks the specified group of text boxes in the currently shown diagram.
None [Link]()
Reset
This function resets the individually modified text box settings.
None [Link](int iMode)
A RGUMENTS
iMode
0 Reset to default (changed reference points are not reset)
1 Only font
2 Shift to original layer (result boxes to layer 'Results', object names to
layer 'Object Names')
5.5.7 SetParalman
Overview
GetNumSlave
SetNumSlave
SetTransfType
GetNumSlave
To get the number of slaves which is currently configured.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
the number of slaves which is currently configured.
SetNumSlave
To configue the number of slaves to be used for parallel computing.
int [Link](int numSlaves)
A RGUMENTS
numSlaves
Number of slaves to be used for parallel computing
R ETURNS
Always return 0.
SetTransfType
To change the data transfer type: via file or via socket communication.
int [Link](int viaFile)
A RGUMENTS
viaFile
0 The data will be transferred via socket communication.
1 The data will be transferred via file.
R ETURNS
0 the data will be transferred via socket communication.
1 the data will be transferred via file.
5.5.8 SetSelect
Overview
AddRef
All
AllAsm
AllBars
AllBreakers
AllClosedBreakers
AllElm
AllLines
AllLoads
AllOpenBreakers
AllSym
AllTypLne
Clear
GetAll
AddRef
Adds a reference to the objects to the existing selection.
None [Link](DataObject O)
None [Link](list S)
A RGUMENTS
O An object.
S A set of objects.
All
Returns all objects in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllAsm
Returns all asynchronous machines in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllBars
Returns all busbars and terminals in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllBreakers
Returns all breakers in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllClosedBreakers
Returns all closed breakers in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllElm
Returns all elements (Elm*) in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of containing objects
AllLines
Returns all lines and line routes in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllLoads
Returns all loads in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllOpenBreakers
Returns all open breakers in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllSym
Returns all synchronous machines in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
AllTypLne
Returns all line types in the selection.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
The set of objects
Clear
Clears (deletes) the selection.
None [Link]()
GetAll
Returns all objects in the selection which are of the class 'ClassName'.
list [Link](str ClassName)
A RGUMENTS
ClassName
The object class name.
R ETURNS
The set of objects
5.5.9 SetTboxconfig
Overview
Check
GetAvailableButtons
GetDisplayedButtons
Purge
SetDisplayedButtons
Check
Checks buttons to be displayed for invalid or duplicate ids and prints error messages.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No errors found.
1 Errors found.
GetAvailableButtons
Gets buttons available for selected tool bar.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
String ids of all buttons available for selected tool bar; ids are separated by '\n'.
GetDisplayedButtons
Gets buttons configured to be displayed in selected tool bar.
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
String ids of all buttons configured to be displayed in selected tool bar; ids are separated by
'\n'.
Purge
Purges buttons to be displayed from invalid or duplicate ids.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 No problems found.
1 Configuration was adapted.
SetDisplayedButtons
Sets buttons to be displayed in selected tool bar. Purges given buttons from invalid or duplicate
buttons (duplicate separators or breaks are kept).
int [Link](str buttonIds)
A RGUMENTS
buttonIds String ids of all buttons to be set as displayed buttons; ids have to be separated
by '\n'
R ETURNS
0 Given buttons were stored without modification.
1 Given buttons were purged from invalid or duplicate ids.
5.5.10 SetTime
Overview
Date
SetTime
SetTimeUTC
Time
Date
Sets date component to current system date.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
SetTime
Sets the time in the current year. There is no restriction to the values for H, M and S, except
for the fact that negative values are interpreted as zero. Values higher than 24 or 60 will be
processed normally by adding the hours, minutes and seconds into an absolute time, from
which a new hour-of-year, hour-of-day, minutes and seconds are calculated.
None [Link](float H,
[float M,]
[float S]
)
A RGUMENTS
H The hours
M (optional)
The minutes
S (optional)
The seconds
SetTimeUTC
Sets date and time to given time. The time must be given in UTC format as seconds since
01.01.1970 00:00 GMT.
None [Link](int time)
A RGUMENTS
time UTC time in seconds since 01.01.1970 00:00 GMT
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
Time
Sets time component to current system time.
None [Link]()
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
5.5.11 SetVipage
Overview
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
GetOrInsertPlot
InsertPlot
SetAdaptX
SetAutoScaleX
SetResults
SetScaleX
SetStyle
SetTile
SetXVar
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axes of all plots on the virtual instrument panel automatically.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleY
Scales the y-axes of all plots on the virtual instrument panel automatically.
None [Link]()
GetOrInsertPlot
Get or create a virtual instruments of the virtual instrument panel.
DataObject [Link] (str name,
[str class,]
[int create]
)
D EPRECATED N AMES
GetVI
A RGUMENTS
name Name of virtual instrument
class='VisPlot' (optional)
classname of virtual instrument.
create (optional)
Possible values:
0 do not create new virtual instrument
1 create virtual instrument if it does not exist already
R ETURNS
Virtual instrument
InsertPlot
Creates a copy of the virtual instrument passed and displays the copy on this panel.
DataObject [Link](DataObject vi)
D EPRECATED N AMES
CreateVI
A RGUMENTS
vi The virtual instrument which will be copied. Only virtual instruments are allowed
(classname 'Vis*').
R ETURNS
Returns the created virtual instrument.
SetAdaptX
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the x-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float trigger]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
trigger (optional)
Trigger value, unused if mode is off or empty
SetAutoScaleX
Sets automatic scaling mode of the x-scale. A warning is issued if an invalid mode is passed to
the function.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
SetResults
Sets default results object of virtual instrument panel.
None [Link](DataObject res)
A RGUMENTS
res Result object to set or None to reset. Valid result object is any of class ElmRes,
IntComtrade and IntComtradeset.
SetScaleX
Sets x-axis scale. A function call without arguments sets the Auto Scale setting to On without
changing the scale itself.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of x-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of x-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
SetStyle
Sets style of virtual instrument panel. A warning message is issued in the case that a style with
the given name does not exist.
None [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Style Name
SetTile
Rearranges the virtual instrument on the panel.
None [Link]([int tile])
A RGUMENTS
tile=1 (optional) tile =0 arrange virtual instruments automatically (like tiles)
tile=1 arrange them horizontally
SetXVar
Sets x-axis variable. If The default x-axis variable (time) is set if no argument is passed.
None [Link]()
None [Link](DataObject obj,]
str varname
)
A RGUMENTS
obj (optional)
x-axis object
varname (optional)
variable of obj
5.6 Others
5.6.1 BlkDef
Overview
Compile
Encrypt
GetCheckSum
Pack
PackAsMacro
Compile
Compiles the model to a DLL. Can be called on an already compiled model.
int [Link]([string modelPath])
A RGUMENTS
modelPath (optional)
Full path to a location where the model should be stored. Leave empty to use
default.
Encrypt
Encrypts this block definition. It has to be packed as macro before.
int [Link]([int doRemoveHistoricRecords])
A RGUMENTS
doRemoveHistoricRecords (optional)
0: do not remove historic copies in database. 1: do remove 2: show dialog and
ask.
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetCheckSum
str [Link]()
D EPRECATED N AMES
CalculateCheckSum
R ETURNS
The checksum of the block definition (0000-0000-0000-0000 for frames).
Pack
Copies all used macros (i.e. referenced BlkDef) to this block.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
PackAsMacro
Collects all equations, stores them to this model and deletes block diagram and all macro refer-
ences.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
5.6.2 BlkSig
Overview
GetFromSigName
GetToSigName
GetFromSigName
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
The name of the output from which the signal is connected. In cases of no connection, an
empty string.
GetToSigName
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
The name of the input to which the signal is connected. In cases of no connection, an empty
string.
5.6.3 ChaVecfile
Overview
Update
Update
Reloads the file from disk. Same behaviour like button update.
int [Link]([int msgOn = 0])
A RGUMENTS
msgOn (optional)
Reporting of errors:
0 No error message is shown in case that the file can not be loaded
(default).
1 Emit an error message in case that the file can not be loaded.
R ETURNS
The number of samples (rows) read from the file.
5.6.4 CimModel
Overview
DeleteParameterAtIndex
GetAttributeEnumerationType
GetParameterCount
GetParameterNamespace
GetParameterValue
HasParameter
RemoveParameter
SetAssociationValue
SetAssociationValue
SetAttributeEnumeration
SetAttributeEnumeration
SetAttributeValue
SetAttributeValue
DeleteParameterAtIndex
Removes the parameter (attribute, or association) value at the given index.
None [Link](str parameter, int index)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetAttributeEnumerationType
Returns the enumeration type of the attribute.
str [Link](str attribute)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetParameterCount
Returns the number of parameters (attribute, or association) of given type.
int [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetParameterNamespace
Returns the namesace of the parameter (attribute, or association).
str [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetParameterValue
Returns the value of the parameter (attribute, or association) at the given index if available. If the
parameter (attribute, or association) is not available, or the index is out of bounds the function
returns an empty string.
str [Link](str parameter, [int index])
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
index Index of the parameter:
0 Default index
HasParameter
Checks whether the CimModel has the parameter (attribute, or association) specified.
int [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
R ETURNS
1 if parameter is specified
0 if parameter is not specified
RemoveParameter
Removes all occurences of the parameter (attribute, or association).
None [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
SetAssociationValue
Adds the association if not available yet, and sets its value at the given index. If the association
is already added, the function sets a new value at the given index only.
None [Link](str association,
str value,
[int index])
A RGUMENTS
association
Full-name specifier of the association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
value Value of the association
SetAssociationValue
Adds the association if not available yet, and sets its namespace and value. If the association
is already added, the function sets its namespace and value only.
None [Link](str association,
str value,
str nspace)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
value Value of the association
nspace Namespace of the association (e.g. ”md”)
SetAttributeEnumeration
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its enumeration type and value. If the attribute is
already added, the function sets its enumeration type and value only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str enumerationType,
str value)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
enumerationType
Enumeration type of the attribute (e.g. ”GeneratorControlSource”)
SetAttributeEnumeration
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its namespace, enumeration type and value.
If the attribute is already added, the function sets its namespace, enumeration type and value
only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str enumerationType,
str value,
str nspace)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
enumerationType
Enumeration type of the attribute (e.g. ”GeneratorControlSource”)
SetAttributeValue
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its value at the given index. If the attribute is
already added, the function sets a new value at the given index only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str value,
[int index])
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
value Value of the attribute
index Index of the attribute:
0 Default index
SetAttributeValue
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its namespace and value. If the attribute is
already added, the function sets its namespace and value only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str value,
str nspace)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
value Value of the attribute
5.6.5 CimObject
Overview
DeleteParameterAtIndex
GetAttributeEnumerationType
GetParameterCount
GetParameterNamespace
GetParameterValue
HasParameter
RemoveParameter
SetAssociationValue
SetAssociationValue
SetAttributeEnumeration
SetAttributeEnumeration
SetAttributeValue
SetAttributeValue
DeleteParameterAtIndex
Removes the parameter (attribute, or association) value at the given index.
None [Link](str parameter, int index)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
index Index of the parameter
GetAttributeEnumerationType
Returns the enumeration type of the attribute.
str [Link](str attribute)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetParameterCount
Returns the number of parameters (attribute, or association) of given type.
int [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetParameterNamespace
Returns the namesace of the parameter (attribute, or association).
str [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
GetParameterValue
Returns the value of the parameter (attribute, or association) at the given index if available. If the
parameter (attribute, or association) is not available, or the index is out of bounds the function
returns an empty string.
str [Link](str parameter, [int index])
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
index Index of the parameter:
0 Default index
HasParameter
Checks whether the CimObject has the parameter (attribute, or association) specified.
int [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
R ETURNS
1 if parameter is specified
0 if parameter is not specified
RemoveParameter
Removes all occurences of the parameter (attribute, or association).
None [Link](str parameter)
A RGUMENTS
parameter
Full-name specifier of the attribute, or association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
SetAssociationValue
Adds the association if not available yet, and sets its value at the given index. If the association
is already added, the function sets a new value at the given index only.
None [Link](str association,
str value,
[int index])
A RGUMENTS
association
Full-name specifier of the association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
SetAssociationValue
Adds the association if not available yet, and sets its namespace and value. If the association
is already added, the function sets its namespace and value only.
None [Link](str association,
str value,
str nspace)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the association (e.g. ”[Link]”)
value Value of the association
nspace Namespace of the association (e.g. ”cim”)
SetAttributeEnumeration
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its enumeration type and value. If the attribute is
already added, the function sets its enumeration type and value only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str enumerationType,
str value)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
enumerationType
Enumeration type of the attribute (e.g. ”GeneratorControlSource”)
value Value of the enumeration (e.g. ”offAGC”)
SetAttributeEnumeration
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its namespace, enumeration type and value.
If the attribute is already added, the function sets its namespace, enumeration type and value
only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str enumerationType,
str value,
str nspace)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
enumerationType
Enumeration type of the attribute (e.g. ”GeneratorControlSource”)
value Value of the attribute (e.g. ”offAGC”)
nspace Namespace of the attribute (e.g. ”cim”)
SetAttributeValue
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its value at the given index. If the attribute is
already added, the function sets a new value at the given index only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str value,
[int index])
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
value Value of the attribute
index Index of the attribute:
0 Default index
SetAttributeValue
Adds the attribute if not available yet, and sets its namespace and value. If the attribute is
already added, the function sets its namespace and value only.
None [Link](str attribute,
str value,
str nspace)
A RGUMENTS
attribute Full-name specifier of the attribute (e.g. ”[Link]”)
5.6.6 IntCase
Overview
Activate
ApplyNetworkState
ApplyStudyTime
Consolidate
Deactivate
SetStudyTime
Activate
Activates the study case. Deactivates other study cases first.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
ApplyNetworkState
For a study case in a combined project, copy the network state from another case.
Copies the active grids, scenarios and network variations configuration to the current case. The
data will be added to any already existing configuration.
int [Link](IntCase other)
A RGUMENTS
IntCase The source Study Case to copy data from
R ETURNS
0 On success
1 Source object is not an IntCase object
2 Case where function is called on is not the active case
3 Source case is not from active project
4 Source Study Case is not from a source project in a combined project
5 Other error. Details are given in an error message
ApplyStudyTime
For a study case in a combined project, apply the study time from another study case.
int [Link](IntCase other)
A RGUMENTS
IntCase The source study case to copy study time from
R ETURNS
0 On success
1 Source object is not an IntCase object
2 Study case where function is called on is not the active case
3 Source case is not from active project
4 Source case is not from a project part of a combined project
Consolidate
Changes that are recorded in a project’s active Variations are permanently applied to the Net-
work Data folder (like right mouse button Consolidate Network Variation)
Note: Modified scenarios are not saved!
Works only:
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success
1 If an error has occured
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Deactivate
De-activates the study case.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
SetStudyTime
Sets the Study Case time to seconds since 01.01.1970 00:00:00.
None [Link](float dateTime)
A RGUMENTS
dateTime Seconds since 01.01.1970 00:00:00
5.6.7 IntComtrade
Overview
ConvertToASCIIFormat
ConvertToBinaryFormat
FindColumn
FindMaxInColumn
FindMinInColumn
GetDescription
GetNumberOfColumns
GetNumberOfRows
GetUnit
GetValue
GetVariable
Load
Release
SortAccordingToColumn
ConvertToASCIIFormat
Creates new comtrade configuration and data files in ASCII format in the file system directory of
the original files. The new configuration file is linked automatically to a new IntComtrade object
created in the same PowerFactory folder like this object. An existing IntComtrade object is
already in ASCII format when its parameter ’Binary’ is set to 0.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 File successfully converted.
1 Error occured, e.g. file is already in ASCII format.
ConvertToBinaryFormat
Creates new comtrade configuration and data files in binary format in the file system directory of
the original files. The new configuration file is linked automatically to a new IntComtrade object
created in the same PowerFactory folder like this object. An existing IntComtrade object is
already in binary format when its parameter ’Binary’ is set to 1.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 File successfully converted.
1 Error occured, e.g. file is already in binary format.
FindColumn
Returns the first column matching the variable name.
int [Link](str variable,
[int startCol]
)
A RGUMENTS
variable The variable name to look for.
startCol (optional)
The index of the column at which to start the search.
R ETURNS
≥0 The column index found.
<0 The column with name variable was not found.
FindMaxInColumn
Find the maximum value of the variable in the given column.
[int row,
float value] [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column The column index.
value (optional, out)
The maximum value found. The value is 0. in case that the maximum value was
not found.
R ETURNS
<0 The maximum value of column was not found.
≥0 The row with the maximum value of the column.
FindMinInColumn
Find the minimum value of the variable in the given column.
[int row,
float value] [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column The column index.
value (optional, out)
The minimum value found. The value is 0. in case that the minimum value was
not found.
R ETURNS
<0 The minimum value of column was not found.
≥0 The row with the minimum value of the column.
GetDescription
Get the description of a column.
str [Link]([int column],
[int short]
)
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The description name of the default variable is returned if the
parameter is nor passed to the function.
short (optional)
0 long desc. (default)
1 short description
R ETURNS
Returns the description which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the data.
GetNumberOfColumns
Returns the number of variables (columns) in result file excluding the default variable (e.g. time
for time domain simulation).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Number of variables (columns) in result file.
GetNumberOfRows
Returns the number of values per column (rows) stored in result object.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the number of values per column stored in result object.
GetUnit
Get the unit of a column.
str [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The unit of the default variable is returned if the parameter is
nor passed to the function.
R ETURNS
Returns the unit which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the data.
GetValue
Returns a value from a result object for row iX of curve col.
[int error,
float d ] [Link](int iX,
[int col])
A RGUMENTS
d (out) The value retrieved from the data.
iX The row.
col (optional)
The curve number, which equals the variable or column number, first column value
(time,index, etc.) is returned when omitted.
R ETURNS
0 when ok
1 when iX out of bound
2 when col out of bound
3 when invalid value is returned from a sparse file. Sparse files are written e.g. by
the contingency, the value is invalid in case that it was not written, bcause it was
below the recording limit. Result files created using DPL/Python are always full
and will not return invalid values.
GetVariable
Get variable name of column
str [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The variable name of the default variable is returned if the
parameter is nor passed to the function.
R ETURNS
Returns the variable name which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the
data.
Load
Loads the data of a result object (IntComtrade) in memory for reading.
None [Link]()
Release
Releases the data loaded to memory. This function should be used whenever several result
objects are processed in a loop. Data is always released from memory automatically after
execution of the current script.
None [Link]()
SortAccordingToColumn
Sorts all rows in the data loaded according to the given column. The IntComtrade itself remains
unchanged.
int [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
col The column number.
R ETURNS
0 The function executed correctly, the data was sorted correctly according to the
given column.
1 The column with index column does not exist.
5.6.8 IntComtradeset
Overview
FindColumn
FindMaxInColumn
FindMinInColumn
GetDescription
GetNumberOfColumns
GetNumberOfRows
GetUnit
GetValue
GetVariable
Load
Release
SortAccordingToColumn
FindColumn
Returns the first column matching the variable name.
int [Link](str variable,
[int startCol]
)
A RGUMENTS
variable The variable name to look for.
startCol (optional)
The index of the column at which to start the search.
R ETURNS
≥0 The column index found.
<0 The column with name variable was not found.
FindMaxInColumn
Find the maximum value of the variable in the given column.
[int row,
float value] [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column The column index.
R ETURNS
<0 The maximum value of column was not found.
≥0 The row with the maximum value of the column.
FindMinInColumn
Find the minimum value of the variable in the given column.
[int row,
float value] [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column The column index.
value (optional, out)
The minimum value found. The value is 0. in case that the minimum value was
not found.
R ETURNS
<0 The minimum value of column was not found.
≥0 The row with the minimum value of the column.
GetDescription
Get the description of a column.
str [Link]([int column],
[int short]
)
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The description name of the default variable is returned if the
parameter is nor passed to the function.
short (optional)
0 long desc. (default)
1 short description
R ETURNS
Returns the description which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the data.
GetNumberOfColumns
Returns the number of variables (columns) in result file excluding the default variable (e.g. time
for time domain simulation).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Number of variables (columns) in result file.
GetNumberOfRows
Returns the number of values per column (rows) stored in result object.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the number of values per column stored in result object.
GetUnit
Get the unit of a column.
str [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The unit of the default variable is returned if the parameter is
nor passed to the function.
R ETURNS
Returns the unit which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the data.
GetValue
Returns a value from a result object for row iX of curve col.
[int error,
float d ] [Link](int iX,
[int col])
A RGUMENTS
d (out) The value retrieved from the data.
iX The row.
col (optional)
The curve number, which equals the variable or column number, first column value
(time,index, etc.) is returned when omitted.
R ETURNS
0 when ok
1 when iX out of bound
2 when col out of bound
3 when invalid value is returned from a sparse file. Sparse files are written e.g. by
the contingency, the value is invalid in case that it was not written, bcause it was
below the recording limit. Result files created using DPL/Python are always full
and will not return invalid values.
GetVariable
Get variable name of column
str [Link]([int column])
A RGUMENTS
column (optional)
The column index. The variable name of the default variable is returned if the
parameter is nor passed to the function.
R ETURNS
Returns the variable name which is empty in case that the column index is not part of the
data.
Load
Loads the data of a result object (IntComtradeset) in memory for reading.
None [Link]()
Release
Releases the data loaded to memory. This function should be used whenever several result
objects are processed in a loop. Data is always released from memory automatically after
execution of the current script.
None [Link]()
SortAccordingToColumn
Sorts all rows in the data loaded according to the given column. The IntComtradeset itself
remains unchanged.
int [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
col The column number.
R ETURNS
0 The function executed correctly, the data was sorted correctly according to the
given column.
1 The column with index column does not exist.
5.6.9 IntDataset
Overview
AddRef
All
Clear
GetAll
DIgSILENT PowerFactory 2018, Python Function Reference 340
Chapter 5. Object Methods
AddRef
Adds new reference(s) for passed object(s) as children to the dataset object. Nothing happens
if there exists already a reference for the passed object.
None [Link](DataObject object)
None [Link](list objects)
A RGUMENTS
obj/objects
Object(s) for which references should be created and added to the dataset object
All
Returns all children of the dataset object.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
All objects contained in dataset object.
Clear
Deletes all children of the dataset object.
None [Link]()
GetAll
Returns all children of the dataset filtered according to given class name.
list [Link](str className)
A RGUMENTS
className
class name filter, e.g. ElmTerm
R ETURNS
All objects of given class stored in dataset object.
5.6.10 IntEvt
Overview
CreateCBEvents
RemoveSwitchEvents
CreateCBEvents
Create boundary breaker events for all shc locations which occur simultaneously in this fault
case.
A RGUMENTS
iRemoveExisting (optional)
-1 Query user if circuit breaker events exist.
0 Do not create circuit breaker events if circuit breaker events are already
defined events exist (default)
1 Remove existing circuit breaker events.
RemoveSwitchEvents
Remove all switch events of this fault case.
None [Link]([int onlyContingency])
A RGUMENTS
onlyContingency (optional)
Condition to remove.
0 Remove all switch events regardless of the calculation type.
1 Remove all switch events only when this fault case is used for contin-
gency analysis.
5.6.11 IntExtaccess
Overview
CheckUrl
CheckUrl
Checks whether access to given url will be granted or not according to the security settings.
See also [Link]() for accessing that url.
int [Link](str url)
A RGUMENTS
url url to check
R ETURNS
0 access granted
1 access denied
5.6.12 IntGate
Overview
AddTrigger
AddTrigger
Adds either a condition or a gate to the gate.
list [Link](DataObject newTrigger)
A RGUMENTS
newTrigger
The condition or gate that shall be added.
5.6.13 IntGrf
Overview
MoveToLayer
MoveToLayer
Moves an annotation element stored as IntGrf object to an annotation layer (IntGrflayer ) or
group (IntGrfgroup).
None [Link](DataObject layer)
A RGUMENTS
layer Target IntGrflayer or IntGrfgroup object.
5.6.14 IntGrfgroup
Overview
ClearData
Export
Import
ClearData
Removes all annotation elements from this group.
None [Link]()
Export
Exports all objects of a group into svg-file.
None [Link](str path,
[int OpenDialog])
A RGUMENTS
path Full export file path
OpenDialog (optional)
Prompt for export path in dialog
0 Export directly and do not show any dialog (default)
1 Show dialog with path before exporting
Import
Imports svg-file into group object.
None [Link](str path)
A RGUMENTS
path Path of file to be imported.
5.6.15 IntGrflayer
Overview
ClearData
Export
Import
ClearData
Removes all annotation elements on this layer (keeps contained groups and annotation ele-
ments).
None [Link]()
Export
Exports all objects of a layer into svg-file, inclusive annotation objects of contained group ob-
jects.
None [Link](str path,
[int OpenDialog])
A RGUMENTS
path Full export file path
OpenDialog (optional)
Prompt for export path in dialog
0 Export directly and do not show any dialog (default)
1 Show dialog with path before exporting
Import
Imports svg file into layer.
None [Link](str path)
A RGUMENTS
path Path of file to be imported.
5.6.16 IntGrfnet
Overview
SetLayerVisibility
Show
SetLayerVisibility
Sets a layer visible or invisible.
None [Link](str sLayer,
int iVis)
A RGUMENTS
sLayer Layer to be modified.
iVis Visiblity
0 Make layer invisible.
1 Make layer visible.
Show
Opens a diagram.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success, no error occurred.
1 Otherwise
5.6.17 IntMat
Overview
ColLbl
Get
GetColumnLabel
GetNumberOfColumns
GetNumberOfRows
GetRowLabel
Init
Invert
Multiply
Resize
RowLbl
Save
Set
SetColumnLabel
SetRowLabel
SortToColumn
ColLbl
Deprecated function to get or set the label of the given column. Please use [Link]()
or [Link]() instead.
str [Link](int column)
str [Link](str label,
int column
)
Get
Returns the value at the position (row, column) of the matrix. A run-time error will occur when
'row' or 'column' is out of range.
float [Link](int row,
int column
)
A RGUMENTS
row Row in matrix: 1 ... GetNumberOfRows().
column column in matrix: 1 ... GetNumberOfColumn()
R ETURNS
Value in matrix.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetColumnLabel
Returns the label of a column.
str [Link](int column)
A RGUMENTS
column Column index (first column has index 1).
R ETURNS
Column label of given column.
D EPRECATED N AMES
ColLbl
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
GetNumberOfColumns
Returns the number of columns in the matrix.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of columns of the matrix.
D EPRECATED N AMES
NCol, SizeY
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetNumberOfRows
Returns the number of rows in the matrix.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of rows.
D EPRECATED N AMES
NRow, SizeX
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
GetRowLabel
Returns the label of a row.
str [Link](int row)
A RGUMENTS
row Row index (first row has index 1).
R ETURNS
Row label of given row.
D EPRECATED N AMES
RowLbl
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
Init
Initializes the matrix with given size and values, regardless of the previous size and data.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
int [Link](int numberOfRows,
int numberOfColumns,
[float initialValue = 0.0]
)
A RGUMENTS
numberOfRows
The number of rows.
numberOfColumns
The number of columns.
initialValue (optional)
Initial values: All matrix entries are initialised with this value. Matrix is initialized
with 0 if ommited.
R ETURNS
Always 1 and can be ignored.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Invert
Inverts the matrix.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Success, the matrix is replaced by its inversion.
1 Error, inversion not possible. Original matrix was not changed.
Multiply
Multiplies 2 matrixes and stores the result in this matrix.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
int [Link](DataObject M1,
DataObject M2
)
A RGUMENTS
object M1
Matrix 1 to be multiplied.
object M2
Matrix 2 to be multiplied.
R ETURNS
Always 0 and can be ignored.
Resize
Resizes the matrix to a given size. Existing values will not be changed. Added values will be
set to the optional value, otherwise to 0.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
int [Link](int numberOfRows,
int numberOfColumns,
[float initialValue = 0.0]
)
A RGUMENTS
numberOfRows
The number of rows.
numberOfColumns
The number of columns.
initialValue (optional)
Initial values: Additional matrix entries are initialised with this value. Additional
values are initialized with 0. if ommited.
R ETURNS
Always 1 and can be ignored.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
RowLbl
Deprecated function to get or set the label of the given row. Please use [Link]()
or [Link]() instead.
str [Link](int row)
str [Link](str label,
int row
)
Save
Saves the current state of this matrix to database.
None [Link]()
Set
Sets a value at the position (row, column) of the matrix. The matrix is resized automatically if
the given coordinates exceed the size.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
int [Link](int row,
int column,
float value
)
A RGUMENTS
row Row index, 1 based. The first row has index 1. Invalid index (leq0) leads to
scripting error.
column Column index, 1 based. The first column has index 1. Invalid index (leq0) leads to
scripting error.
value Value to assign.
R ETURNS
Always 1 and can be ignored.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
SetColumnLabel
Sets the label of a column.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
None [Link](int column,
str label
)
A RGUMENTS
column Column index (first column has index 1).
label Label to set.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
SetRowLabel
Sets the label of a row.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified matrix to
database.
str [Link](int row,
str label
)
A RGUMENTS
row Row index (first row has index 1).
label Label to set.
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
SortToColumn
Sorts the matrix alphanumerically according to a column, which is specified by the input param-
eter. The row labels are sorted accordingly (if input parameter storeInDB is 1).
int [Link](int columnIndex,
double epsilon = 0.0,
int storeInDB = 1)
D EPRECATED N AMES
SortToColum
A RGUMENTS
columnIndex
The column index, 1 based. The first column has index 1.
epsilon (optional)
Accuracy for comparing equal values. Values which differ less than epsilon are
treated as being equal. Default value is 0.
storeInDb (optional)
Possible Values:
0 Non-persistent change. Values are not stored in database.
1 Values are stored in database. (default)
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 Error. Original matrix was not changed.
5.6.18 IntMon
Overview
AddVar
ClearVars
GetVar
NVars
PrintAllVal
PrintVal
RemoveVar
AddVar
Appends the variable “name” to the list of selected variable names.
None [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name The variable name to add.
ClearVars
Clears the list of selected variable names.
None [Link]()
GetVar
Returns the variable name on the given row of the variable selection text on the second page of
the IntMon dialogue, which should contain one variable name per line.
str [Link](int row)
A RGUMENTS
row Given row
R ETURNS
The variable name in line row.
NVars
Returns the number of selected variables or, more exact, the number of lines in the variable
selection text on the second page of the IntMon dialogue, which usually contains one variable
name per line.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of variables selected.
PrintAllVal
Writes all calculation results of the object assigned in obj id to the output window. The output
includes the variable name followed by the value, its unit and the description.
It should be noted that the variable set itself is modified by this method.
None [Link]()
PrintVal
Prints the values of the selected variables to the output window.
None [Link]()
RemoveVar
Removes the variable “name” from the list of selected variable names.
int [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name The variable name.
R ETURNS
0 If variable with name was found and removed.
1 If the variable name was not found.
5.6.19 IntOutage
Overview
Apply
ApplyAll
Check
CheckAll
IsInStudyTime
ResetAll
Apply
None [Link]([int reportSwitches])
Applies the outage object. The functionality corresponds to pressing the ’Apply’ button in edit
dialog with the difference that the scripting function can also be used without an active scenario.
A RGUMENTS
reportSwitches (optional)
Flag to enable the reporting of changed switches to the output window.
0 No output (default)
1 Print switches to output window
ApplyAll
None [Link]([int reportSwitches])
Applies all currently relevant (=in study time and not out-of-service) outage objects of current
project. The functionality corresponds to pressing the ’ApplyAll’ button in edit dialog with the
difference that the scripting function can also be used without an active scenario. It applies all
relevant outages independent of the one it was called on.
A RGUMENTS
reportSwitches (optional)
Flag to enable the reporting of changed switches to the output window.
0 No output (default)
1 Print switches to output window
Check
int [Link]([int outputMessage])
This function checks if the outage is correctly reflected by the network elements.
A RGUMENTS
outputMessage (optional)
Flag to enable detailed output to the output window.
0 No output (default)
1 Detailed report of mismatch to output window
R ETURNS
0 Ok, outage is correctly reflected
1 Not ok, status of network elements does not reflect outage
CheckAll
This function checks if all outages are correctly reflected by the network components for current
study time. It checks all outages independent of the one it was called on.
[list notOutaged,
list wronglyOutaged] [Link]([int emitMsg,]
[DataObject gridfilter,])
A RGUMENTS
int emitMsg (optional)
whether to report inconistencies to the output window
-1 No output
0 (Default) print inconsistencies but without start / end message
1 Full output, including start / end message
gridfilter (optional)
Possibility to restrict checking for accidentally outaged elements to given object
(e.g. grid) and its children (by default, all elements for all active grids are checked).
IsInStudyTime
int [Link]()
Checks if outage is relevant for current study time, i.e. the study time lies within the outage’s
validity period.
R ETURNS
0 Outage is not relevant for current study time (outside validity period)
1 Outage is relevant for current study time (inside validity period)
D EPRECATED N AMES
IsInStudytime
ResetAll
None [Link]([int reportSwitches])
Resets all currently relevant (=in study time and not out-of-service) outage objects of current
project. The functionality corresponds to pressing the ’Reset’ button in all outage objects with
difference that the scripting function can also be used without an active scenario. It resets all
relevant outages independent of the one it was called on.
A RGUMENTS
reportSwitches (optional)
Flag to enable the reporting of changed switches to the output window.
0 No output (default)
1 Print switches to output window
5.6.20 IntPlot
Overview
SetAdaptY
SetAutoScaleY
SetScaleY
SetAdaptY
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the x-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float offset]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
offset (optional)
Offset, unused if mode is off or empty
SetAutoScaleY
Sets automatic scaling mode of the y-scale. A warning is issued if an invalid mode is passed to
the function.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
SetScaleY
Sets y-axis scale limits. A function call without arguments sets the Auto Scale setting to On
without changing the scale itself.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of y-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of y-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
5.6.21 IntPrj
Overview
Activate
AddProjectToCombined
AddProjectToRemoteDatabase
Archive
CanAddProjectToRemoteDatabase
CanSubscribeProjectReadOnly
CanSubscribeProjectReadWrite
CreateVersion
Deactivate
GetDerivedProjects
GetGeoCoordinateSystem
GetLatestVersion
GetVersions
HasExternalReferences
LoadData
Migrate
Purge
RemoveProjectFromCombined
Restore
SetGeoCoordinateSystem
SubscribeProjectReadOnly
SubscribeProjectReadWrite
TransformGeoCoordinates
UnsubscribeProject
UpdateStatistics
Activate
Activates the project. If another project is already activated it will be deactivated first.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
AddProjectToCombined
Adds a project to this using the Project Combination logic. The passed object must be an
IntVersion. The receiving project must be activated but not have a Study Case active, otherwise
this method will fail.
int [Link](object projectVersion)
A RGUMENTS
projectVersion
The verson of a project to add
R ETURNS
0 operation was successful
1 an error occurred
AddProjectToRemoteDatabase
Adds a project to the online database if possible.
Can only be used if the database driver is set to Offline Mode.
int [Link]()
Archive
Archives the project if the functionality is configured and activated. Does nothing otherwise.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 project has been archived
1 project has not been archived
CanAddProjectToRemoteDatabase
Checks if the project can be pushed to the remote database.
The project must be subscribable as read and write and it must be unsubscribed. Can only be
used if the database driver is set to Offline Mode.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 project cannot be added to the remote database
1 project can be added to the remote database
CanSubscribeProjectReadOnly
Checks if a project can be subscribed read-only by the user executing the script.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 no permission to subscribe project
1 project can be subscribed
CanSubscribeProjectReadWrite
Checks if a project can be subscribed read-write by the user executing the script.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 no permission to subscribe project
1 project can be subscribed
CreateVersion
Creates a new version of project it was called on.
Optionally allows to pass a bool to enforce project approval and user notifications, and version
name.
DataObject [Link]([int notifyUsersAndApprovalRequired [, str name]])
A RGUMENTS
notifyUsersAndApprovalRequired
Project approval required and user notifications activated:
0 Create version without approval and do not notify users (default).
1 Require approval and notify users.
name Version name
R ETURNS
DataObject Newly created IntVersion object.
None On failure e.g. missing permission rights.
Deactivate
De-activates the project if it is active. Does nothing otherwise.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 on error
GetDerivedProjects
Return a set holding all versions created in the project.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Set holding all versions of a project.
GetGeoCoordinateSystem
Returns the EPSG code of the geographic coordinate system in which the geo coordinates of
the project’s net elements are stored.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
EPSG code of the project’s geographic coordinate system, or 0 if the coordinate system is
not known.
GetLatestVersion
Returns the most recent version available in the project which has the notify users option set.
Optionally allows to consider all versions, regardless of notify users option.
DataObject [Link]([int onlyregular])
A RGUMENTS
onlyregular (optional)
1 consider only regular version (default)
0 consider all versions
R ETURNS
Latest version of the project
GetVersions
Returns a set containing all versions of the project.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Set that contains all versions of the project
HasExternalReferences
Checks if any object inside the project references external non-system objects and prints a
report to the Output Window.
int [Link]([int iCheckGlobal,]
[int iCheckRemoteVariants]
)
A RGUMENTS
iCheckGlobal (optional)
0 global (non-system) references are ok
1 gloabal (non-system) references are not ok (default)
iCheckRemoteVariants (optional)
0 remote variants are ok (default)
1 remote variants are not ok
R ETURNS
0 no forbidden external references found
1 some forbidden external references were found
LoadData
Loads all objects of the project from the data base.
This function is useful to optimise searches which would traverse deep into an inactive project.
None [Link]()
Migrate
Migrates a project from version V13 to V14. Migration is only executed if project has been
created in build 400 or earlier (and is not yet migrated).
None [Link]([int createCopy])
A RGUMENTS
createCopy (optional)
1 Creates a copy of current project (original copy is maintained) (default)
0 Does an ”in-place” migration of the project (original is overwritten)
Purge
Purges project storage and updates storage statistics.
Requires write access to the project; the functions does nothing when the project is locked by
another user.
None [Link]()
RemoveProjectFromCombined
Removes a project from a combined project. For the removal the mapping key must be specified.
Mapping keys are stored in the project, parameter project mapped. The project this method is
called on must be activated but not have a Study Case active, otherwise this method will fail.
int [Link](str mappingKey)
A RGUMENTS
mappingKey
The mapping key for the project that should be removed
R ETURNS
0 operation was successful
1 an unknown error occurred
2 an error occurred and is documented in the output window
Restore
Restores an archived project so it can be used again. Does nothing if the project is not an
archived one.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 project has not been restored
1 project has been restored
SetGeoCoordinateSystem
Defines the the geographic coordinate system in which the geo coordinates of the project’s net
elements are stored.
None [Link](int epsgCode)
A RGUMENTS
epsgCode
EPSG code of the geographic coordinate system to be used for this project. A
value of 0 denotes an unknown coordinate system.
SubscribeProjectReadOnly
Subscribes a project read only if the permission is granted.
Can only be used if the database driver is set to Offline Mode.
None [Link]()
SubscribeProjectReadWrite
Subscribes a project read/write if the permission is granted.
Can only be used if the database driver is set to Offline Mode.
None [Link]()
TransformGeoCoordinates
Transforms geographic coordinates from a source coordinate system to a destination coordinate
system. Geodetic coordinates (longitude/latitude) are specified in decimal degrees. Projected
coordinates are specified in meters.
int [Link](double xIn, double yIn,
double& xOut, double& yOut,
int sourceEpsg, int destEpsg
)
A RGUMENTS
xIn horizontal component of the input location: x position or longitude, resp.
yIn vertical component of the input location: y position or latitude, resp.
xOut (out)
horizontal component of the output location: x position or longitude, resp.
yOut (out)
vertical component of the output location: y position or latitude, resp.
sourceEpsg
EPSG code of the source coordinate system
destEpsg EPSG code of the destination coordinate system
R ETURNS
0 operation was successful
1 an error occurred
UnsubscribeProject
Unsubscribes a project.
Can only be used if the database driver is set to Offline Mode.
None [Link]()
UpdateStatistics
Updates the storage statistics for a project. The statistics are displayed on the page Storage of
a project.
Note: This function requires write access to the project otherwise the update is not executed
and an error message is printed to the output window.
None [Link]()
5.6.22 IntPrjfolder
Overview
GetProjectFolderType
IsProjectFolderType
GetProjectFolderType
Returns the type of the project folder stored in attribute “iopt type”.
The following types are currently available (language independent):
• scheme - Variations
• script - Scripts
• study - Study Cases
• sw - StationWare
• tariff - Tariffs
• templ - Templates
• therm - Thermal Ratings
str [Link]()
R ETURNS
The type of the project folder as string. For possible return values see list above.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
IsProjectFolderType
This function checks if a project folder is of given type.
int [Link](str type)
A RGUMENTS
type Folder type; for possible type values see [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 true, is of given type
0 false, is not of given type
S EE ALSO
[Link](), [Link]()
5.6.23 IntQlim
Overview
GetQlim
GetQlim
Returns either the current maximum or the minimum reactive power limit, given the specified
active power and voltage.
The active power must be given in the same units as the input mode definition of the capability
curve object (parameter ”inputmod” is 0 for MW/Mvar and 1 for p.u.).
float [Link](float p,
float v,
[float minmax]
)
A RGUMENTS
p the current value of active power in MW or p.u.
v the current value of voltage in p.u.
minmax (optional)
Returns either the maximum or minimum value. Possible values are:
0 minimum value. This is the default value
1 maximum value
R ETURNS
Returns the minimum/maximum limit. The units might be Mvar or p.u., depending on the
input mode of the capability curve. Also, the limits are calculated for a single machine.
5.6.24 IntRas
Overview
AddEvent
AddTrigger
IsValid
AddEvent
Adds an event to the Remedial Action Scheme.
list [Link](DataObject newEvent)
A RGUMENTS
newEvent
The event that shall be added.
AddTrigger
Adds either a condition or a gate to the Remedial Action Scheme.
list [Link](DataObject newTrigger)
A RGUMENTS
newTrigger
The condition or gate that shall be added.
IsValid
Checks if the Remedial Action Scheme is valid.
int [Link](int emitMessage = 0)
A RGUMENTS
emitMessage
Emit messages if not equal to zero.
R ETURNS
0 If invalid.
1 If valid.
5.6.25 IntRunarrange
Overview
GetSwitchStatus
GetSwitchStatus
Determines the status of the given switch in the running arrangement, without assigning or
applying the running arrangement.
int GetSwitchStatus(DataObject switch)
A RGUMENTS
switch ElmCoup or StaSwitch from which to get the status stored in running arrange-
ment
R ETURNS
Status of the switch in the running arrangement. Possible values are
5.6.26 IntScenario
Overview
Activate
Apply
ApplySelective
Deactivate
DiscardChanges
GetObjects
GetOperationValue
ReleaseMemory
Save
SetOperationValue
Activate
Activates a scenario. If there is currently another scenario active that one will be deactivated
automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 successfully activated
1 error, e.g. already activate, no project and study case active
Apply
Copies the values stored in a scenario to the corresponding network elements. The value
transfer is identical to scenario activation, however, the scenario will not be activated. In case of
having an active variation or another scenario, the values will be recorded there.
int [Link]([int requestUserConfirmation])
int [Link](int requestUserConfirmation,
DataObject parentfilter
)
A RGUMENTS
requestUserConfirmation(optional)
0 silent, just apply the data without further confirmation requests
1 request a user confirmation first (default)
parentfilter (optional)
If given, scenario data is only applied for given object and all of its children (hier-
archical filter)
R ETURNS
0 on success
ApplySelective
Similar to function Apply() but copies only the set of attributes listed in the given apply configu-
ration. An apply configuration is a folder consisting of variable selection objects (IntMon), one
per class. For each class the attributes to be copied can be selected.
int [Link](DataObject configuration)
int [Link](int requestUserConfirmation,
DataObject applyConfiguration
)
A RGUMENTS
applyConfiguration
folder containing variable selection objects
requestUserConfirmation(optional)
0 silent, just apply the data without further confirmation requests
1 request a user confirmation first (default)
R ETURNS
0 on succes
Deactivate
Deactivates the currently active scenario.
int [Link]([int saveOrUndo])
A RGUMENTS
saveOrUndo(optional)
Determines whether changes in active scenario will be saved or discarded before
the scenario is deactivated. If this argument is omitted, the user will be asked.
0 discard changes
1 save changes
R ETURNS
0 on success
DiscardChanges
Discards all unsaved changes made to a scenario.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 error, scenario was not modified or not active
GetObjects
Returns a set of all objects for which operational data are stored in scenario.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Set of all objects for which operational data are stored in scenario
GetOperationValue
This function offers read access to the operation data values stored in the scenario.
[int error,
int|float|str|DataObject value] [Link](DataObject obj,
str attribute,
[int fromObject])
A RGUMENTS
value (out)
variable that holds the value after call
obj object for which the operation to be retrieved
R ETURNS
0 on success
ReleaseMemory
Releases the memory used by a scenario. Any further access to the scenario will reload the
data from database. The function can be called on inactive scenarios only. Use this function
with care!
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 error, scenario is active
Save
Saves the current active value of all operational attributes for all active network elements to
database.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 successfully saved
1 error, scenario was not modified or not active
SetOperationValue
Offers write access to operational data stored in a scenario.
int [Link](float newvalue,
DataObject obj,
str attribute,
[int toObject]
)
int [Link](int newvalue,
DataObject obj,
str attribute,
[int toObject]
)
int [Link](str newvalue,
DataObject obj,
str attribute,
[int toObject]
)
int [Link](DataObject newvalue,
DataObject obj,
str attribute,
[int toObject]
)
A RGUMENTS
newvalue new value to store in the scenario
obj object for which the operation data to store
R ETURNS
0 on success
5.6.27 IntScensched
Overview
Activate
Deactivate
DeleteRow
GetScenario
GetStartEndTime
SearchScenario
Activate
Activates a scenario scheduler.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 successfully activated
1 error, e.g. already activate, no project and study case active
Deactivate
Deactivates a scenario scheduler.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 successfully deactivated
1 error, e.g. already deactivates, no project and study case active
DeleteRow
Delete row(s) of the scenario scheduler.
None [Link](int row, [int numberOfRows])
A RGUMENTS
row row number (begin with 0)
numberOfRows (optional)
number of rows to delete (default = 1)
GetScenario
Get the scenario for corresponding time 'iTime'.
DataObject [Link](int iTime)
A RGUMENTS
iTime Time (UCTE) to get the corresponding scenario.
R ETURNS
None No scenario at time 'iTime'defined
IntScenario Scenario will be activated at time 'iTime'
GetStartEndTime
Gets the start and end time of the corresponding scenario.
[int error
int startTime,
int endTime ] [Link](DataObject scenario)
A RGUMENTS
scenario A scenario (IntScenario).
startTime (out)
Start time (time when the scenario is activated)).
endTime (out)
End time (time until the scenario is still activated).
R ETURNS
−1 Scenario not found (not part of scenario scheduler)
≥0 Vector index (index of scenario)
SearchScenario
Search at which table index (row) the corresponding scenario is defined in the scheduler.
int [Link](DataObject scenarioObject)
A RGUMENTS
scenarioObject
scenario object
R ETURNS
−1 Scenario not found (not part of scenario scheduler).
≥0 Vector index (row, index of scenario).
5.6.28 IntScheme
Overview
Activate
Consolidate
Deactivate
GetActiveScheduler
NewStage
Activate
Activates a variation and inserts a variation reference in a 'Variation Configuration Folder'stored
in the study case.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 successfully activated
1 error, e.g. already activate, no project and study case active
Consolidate
Changes that are recorded in this variation will be permanently applied to the original location.
Note: Modified scenarios are not saved.
Works only:
• for non network variation e.g. used for Mvar Limit Curves, Thermal Ratings ...
• and the variation must be activated.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 If an error has occured.
Deactivate
Deactivates a variation and removes the variation reference in the 'Variation Configuration
Folder'stored in the study case.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 successfully deactivated
1 error, e.g. already deactivated, no project and study case active
GetActiveScheduler
Returns the corresponding active variation scheduler or None if no scheduler is active for this
variation (IntScheme).
DataObject [Link]()
NewStage
Adds a new expansion stage into the variation (name = sname).
int [Link](str sname,
int iUTCtime,
int iActivate
)
A RGUMENTS
sname Name of the new expansion stage.
iUTCtime Activation time of the new expansion stage.
iActivate
1 The actual study time is changed to the parameter iUTCtime and the
varation will be activated. If the variation is a network variation, the
new created expansion stage is used as 'recording 'expansion stage.
If the variation (this) is not active, the variation will be automatically
activated.
0 Expansion stage and/or variation will not be activated.
5.6.29 IntSscheduler
Overview
Activate
Deactivate
Update
Activate
Activates a variation scheduler. An already activated scheduler for same variation will be deac-
tivated automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
=0 On success
6= 0 If an error has occurred
Deactivate
Deactivates a variation scheduler.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
=0 on success
6= 0 If an error has occurred especially if scheduler was not active (to be consistent
with scenario scheduler deactivate()).
Update
Update variation scheduler (updates internal reference stages).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
=0 On success
6= 0 If an error has occurred
5.6.30 IntSstage
Overview
Activate
CreateStageObject
EnableDiffMode
GetVariation
IsExcluded
PrintModifications
ReadValue
WriteValue
Activate
Activates the expansion stage and sets the 'recording' expansion stage. The study time will be
automatically set to the correponsing time of the stage.
int [Link]([int iQueryOption])
A RGUMENTS
iQueryOption
0 (default) The user must confirm the query.
1 The “Yes” button is automatically applied.
2 The “No” button is automatically applied.
R ETURNS
0 Successfully activated.
1 Error, e.g. scheme is not active.
CreateStageObject
Creates a stage object (delta or delete object) inside corresponding IntSstage.
DataObject [Link](int type,
DataObject rootObject
)
A RGUMENTS
type Kind of object to create
1 Delete object
2 Delta object
rootObject
(Original) object for which the stage object should be created.
R ETURNS
Stage object on success.
EnableDiffMode
Enables the comparison mode for the variation management system. If the mode is enabled a
DELTA object is only created when the object is different.
None [Link](int enable)
A RGUMENTS
enable
0 disables the difference/comparison mode
1 enables the difference/comparison mode
GetVariation
Returns variation of expansion stage.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Variation object corresponding to stage.
D EPRECATED N AMES
GetScheme
IsExcluded
Returns if expansion stage flag 'Exclude from Activation' is switched on (return value = 1) or not
(return value = 0). The function checks also if the stage is excluded regarding the restricted
validity period of the corresponding variation and considers also the settings of an variation
scheduler when defined.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 if stage is excluded
0 if stage is considered
PrintModifications
Reports in the the output window the modification of the corresponding expansion stage. Works
only if the expansion stage is the active 'recording 'expansion stage.
int [Link]([int onlyNetworkData,]
[str ignoredParameter]
)
A RGUMENTS
onlyNetworkData (optional)
1 (default) Show only network data modifications. Graphical modifica-
tions are not report when the diagrams folder are recored.
0 Show all modifications
ignoredParameter (optional)
Comma separated list of parameters which are ignored for reporting.
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 if the actual expansion stage is not the 'recording 'expansion stage.
ReadValue
Get the value for an attribute of an ADD or DELTA object which modifies “rootObj” (root object).
[int error,
float|str|DataObject value] [Link](DataObject rootObj,
str attributeName)
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 Error e.g. wrong data type.
WriteValue
Writes a value for an attribute to an ADD or DELTA object which modifies rootObj (root object).
int [Link](float|str|DataObject value,
DataObject rootObj,
str attributeName)
R ETURNS
=0 On success.
6= 0 Error e.g. wrong data type.
5.6.31 IntSubset
Overview
Apply
ApplySelective
Clear
Apply
Copies the values stored in a scenario to the corresponding network elements. The value
transfer is identical to scenario activation, however, the scenario will not be activated. In case of
having an active variation or another scenario, the values will be recorded there.
int [Link]([int requestUserConfirmation])
A RGUMENTS
requestUserConfirmation(optional)
0 silent, just apply the data without further confirmation requests
1 request a user confirmation first (default)
R ETURNS
0 on success
ApplySelective
Similar to function Apply() but copies only the set of attributes listed in the given apply configu-
ration. An apply configuration is a folder consisting of variable selection objects (IntMon), one
per class. For each class the attributes to be copied can be selected.
int [Link](DataObject applyConfiguration)
int [Link](int requestUserConfirmation,
DataObject applyConfiguration
)
A RGUMENTS
applyConfiguration
folder containing variable selection objects
requestUserConfirmation(optional)
0 silent, just apply the data without further confirmation requests
1 request a user confirmation first (default)
R ETURNS
0 on succes
Clear
Clears all values stored in the subset.
Please note that this function can only be called on subsets of currently in-active scenarios.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 On success.
1 On error, e.g. subset belongs to a currently active scenario.
5.6.32 IntThrating
Overview
GetCriticalTimePhase
GetRating
GetCriticalTimePhase
This function returns the smallest duration (time-phase) for which the power flow is beyond the
rating.
float [Link](float Flow,
float Loading
)
A RGUMENTS
Flow Power from the load flow calculation, in MVA.
Loading Element loading, in %.
R ETURNS
>0 Smallest time-phase for which the flow is beyond the rating.
-1 In case that no rating is violated.
GetRating
This function returns the rating in MVA according to the thermal rating table, considering element
overloading and its duration (time-phase).
float [Link](float Loading,
float Duration
)
A RGUMENTS
Loading Element loading, in %.
Duration Duration or time phase for which the loading is considered, in minutes
R ETURNS
Rating in MVA or 0 if not found.
5.6.33 IntUrl
Overview
View
View
Requests the operating system to open given URL for viewing. The performed action depends
on the default action configured in the system. For example, by default '[Link]
would be opened in standard browser.
Please note, the action is only executed if access to given URL is enabled in the 'External
Access' configuration of PowerFactory (IntExtaccess).
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The returned value reports the success of the operation:
5.6.34 IntUser
Overview
Purge
SetPassword
TerminateSession
Purge
Purges project storage and updates storage statistics for all projects of the user.
Requires write access to the project; the functions does nothing when the project is locked by
another user.
None [Link]()
SetPassword
Sets the password for the user the function is called on.
Note: A normal user is allowed to set the password for himself only. The administrator user is
allowed to set passwords for every user.
None [Link](str newpassword)
A RGUMENTS
newpassword
Case sensitive user password to set
TerminateSession
Allows the Administrator to log out another user. Prints an error if the current user is not the
Administrator.
None [Link]()
5.6.35 IntUserman
Overview
CreateGroup
CreateUser
GetGroups
GetUsers
UpdateGroups
CreateGroup
Creates a new user group of given name. If a group with given name already exists the existing
one is returned instead.
Note: Only Administrator user is allowed to call this function.
DataObject [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Given name of the user group
R ETURNS
Created user group (IntGroup)
CreateUser
Creates a new user with given name. If the user already exists the existing one is returned
instead.
Note: Only Administrator user is allowed to call this function.
DataObject [Link](str name)
A RGUMENTS
name Given name of the user
R ETURNS
Created user (IntUser)
GetGroups
Returns a container with all user groups.
Note: Only the administrator user is allowed to call this function.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Set of all available users
GetUsers
Returns a container with all users as they are currently visible in the Data Manager tree.
Note: Only the administrator user is allowed to call this function.
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
Set of all available users
UpdateGroups
Updates the Everybody group so it contains all currently existing users and cleans it of removed
users.
None [Link]()
5.6.36 IntVec
Overview
Get
Init
Max
Mean
Min
Resize
Save
Set
Size
Sort
Get
Get the value in row index. Index is one based, therefore the index of the first entry is 1.
float [Link](int index)
A RGUMENTS
index Index in vector, one based.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Init
Initializes the vector. Resizes the vector and initializes all values to 0.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified vector to
database.
None [Link](int size)
A RGUMENTS
size The new size of the vector.
Max
Gets the maximum value stored in the vector.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The maximum value stored in the vector. Empty vectors return 0 as maximum value.
Mean
Calculates the average value of the vector.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The average value of the vector. A value of 0. is returned for empty vectors.
Min
Gets the minimum value stored in the vector.
float [Link]()
R ETURNS
The minimum value stored in the vector. Empty vectors return 0 as minimum value.
Resize
Resizes the vector. Inserted values are initialized to 0.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified vector to
database.
None [Link](int size)
A RGUMENTS
size The new size.
Save
Saves the current state of this vector to database.
None [Link]()
Set
Set the value in row index. Index is one based, therefore the index of the first entry is 1.
The vector is resized automatically to size index in case that the index exceeds the current
vector size. Values inserted are automatically initialized to a value of 0.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified vector to
database.
None [Link](int index,
float value)
A RGUMENTS
index Index in vector.
value Value to assign in row index.
S EE ALSO
[Link]()
Size
Returns the size of the vector.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The size of the vector.
Sort
Sorts the vector.
This operation is performed in memory only. Use [Link]() to save the modified vector to
database.
None [Link]([int descending = 0]
A RGUMENTS
descending
Sort order:
0 Smallest value first (ascending, default).
1 Highest value first (descending).
5.6.37 IntVersion
Overview
CreateDerivedProject
GetDerivedProjects
GetHistoricalProject
Rollback
CreateDerivedProject
Creates a derived project from the version.
DataObject [Link](str name,
[DataObject parent]
)
A RGUMENTS
name The name of the project which will be created.
parent(optional)
The parent of the project which will be created. Default is the current user.
R ETURNS
Returns the created project.
GetDerivedProjects
list of projects derived from this version
list [Link]()
R ETURNS
list of derived projects
GetHistoricalProject
Returns historic project within version
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
Returns the historic project object
Rollback
Roll backs the project to this version. No project have to be active. Furthermore no script from
the project of the version have to be running.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 on success
1 otherwise
5.6.38 IntViewbookmark
Overview
JumpTo
UpdateFromCurrentView
JumpTo
Opens the referenced diagram (if not already open) and sets the viewing area.
None [Link]()
UpdateFromCurrentView
Updates the bookmark’s diagram and view area from the current drawing window.
None [Link]()
5.6.39 RelZpol
Overview
AssumeCompensationFactor
AssumeReRl
AssumeXeXl
AssumeCompensationFactor
Triggers a calculation of the complex compensation factor and stores the result.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 The compensation factor was sucessfully calculated.
1 An error occourred (e.g. conencted branch was not found).
AssumeReRl
Triggers a calculation of the real part of the decoupled compensation factor and stores the
result.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 The compensation factor was sucessfully calculated.
AssumeXeXl
Triggers a calculation of the imaginary part of the decoupled compensation factor and stores
the result.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 The compensation factor was sucessfully calculated.
1 An error occourred (e.g. conencted branch was not found).
5.6.40 ScnFreq
Overview
GetLimit
GetNumberOfViolations
GetValue
GetVariable
GetViolatedElement
GetViolationTime
GetLimit
Returns the limit value (in p.u.) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The limit value (in p.u.) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetNumberOfViolations
Returns the number of violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of violations.
GetValue
Returns the ith value (in p.u.), given by vIdx, which causes the violation.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The ith value (in p.u.), given by vIdx, which causes the violation. If vIdx is negative, zero or
greater than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetVariable
Returns the name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoVariable”.
GetViolatedElement
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoElement”.
GetViolationTime
Returns the time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
5.6.41 ScnFrt
Overview
GetLimit
GetNumberOfViolations
GetValue
GetVariable
GetViolatedElement
GetViolationTime
GetLimit
Returns the limit value of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The limit value of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater than the
number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetNumberOfViolations
Returns the number of violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of violations.
GetValue
Returns the ith value, given by vIdx, which causes the violation.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The ith value, given by vIdx, which causes the violation. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetVariable
Returns the name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoVariable”.
GetViolatedElement
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, yero or
greater to the number of violations, then the function returns a ”NoElement”.
GetViolationTime
Returns the time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
5.6.42 ScnSpeed
Overview
GetLimit
GetNumberOfViolations
GetValue
GetVariable
GetViolatedElement
GetViolationTime
GetLimit
Returns the limit value (in p.u.) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The limit value (in p.u.) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetNumberOfViolations
Returns the number of violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of violations.
GetValue
Returns the ith value (in p.u.), given by vIdx, which causes the violation.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The ith value (in p.u.), given by vIdx, which causes the violation. If vIdx is negative, zero or
greater than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetVariable
Returns the name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoVariable”.
GetViolatedElement
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoElement”.
GetViolationTime
Returns the time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
5.6.43 ScnSync
Overview
GetLimit
GetNumberOfViolations
GetValue
GetVariable
GetViolatedElement
GetViolationTime
GetLimit
Returns the limit value of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The limit value of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater than the
number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetNumberOfViolations
Returns the number of violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of violations.
GetValue
Returns the ith value, given by vIdx, which causes the violation.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The ith value, given by vIdx, which causes the violation. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetVariable
Returns the name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoVariable”.
GetViolatedElement
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoElement”.
GetViolationTime
Returns the time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
5.6.44 ScnVar
Overview
GetLimit
GetNumberOfViolations
GetValue
GetVariable
GetViolatedElement
GetViolationTime
GetLimit
Returns the limit value of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The limit value of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater than the
number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetNumberOfViolations
Returns the number of violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of violations.
GetValue
Returns the ith value, given by vIdx, which causes the violation.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The ith value, given by vIdx, which causes the violation. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetVariable
Returns the name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoVariable”.
GetViolatedElement
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoElement”.
GetViolationTime
Returns the time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
5.6.45 ScnVolt
Overview
GetLimit
GetNumberOfViolations
GetValue
GetVariable
GetViolatedElement
GetViolationTime
GetLimit
Returns the limit value (in p.u.) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The limit value (in p.u.) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetNumberOfViolations
Returns the number of violations.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
The number of violations.
GetValue
Returns the ith value (in p.u.), given by vIdx, which causes the violation.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The ith value (in p.u.), given by vIdx, which causes the violation. If vIdx is negative, zero or
greater than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
GetVariable
Returns the name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the variable of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoVariable”.
GetViolatedElement
Returns name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
str [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The name of the element of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ”NoElement”.
GetViolationTime
Returns the time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx.
double [Link](int vIdx)
A RGUMENTS
vIdx vIdx > 0
R ETURNS
The time (in seconds) of the ith violation, given by vIdx. If vIdx is negative, zero or greater
than the number of violations, then the function returns ’nan’.
5.6.46 StoMaint
Overview
SetElms
SetElms
Sets the maintenance elements.
None [Link](DataObject singleElement)
None [Link](list multipleElements)
A RGUMENTS
singleElement
single Element for Maintenance
multipleElements
multiple Elements for Maintenance
5.6.47 TypAsmo
Overview
CalcElParams
CalcElParams
Function calculates the electrical parameters from the input data. Behaves identically as the cal-
culate button on the basic data page was pressed. Shall be applied only if the ’Slip-Torque/Current
Characteristic’ chosen.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Calculated successfully.
1 Error.
5.6.48 TypLne
Overview
IsCable
IsCable
Checks if the line type is a cable type.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
1 Type is a cable
0 Type is not a cable
5.6.49 TypTr2
Overview
GetZeroSequenceHVLVT
GetZeroSequenceHVLVT
Returns the calculated star equivalent of the zero sequence impedances.
[int error,
float hvReal,
float hvImag,
float lvReal,
float lvImag,
float tReal ,
float tImag ] [Link]()
A RGUMENTS
hvReal (out)
Real part of the HV impedance in %.
hvImag (out)
Imaginary part of the HV impedance in %.
lvReal (out)
Real part of the LV impedance in %.
lvImag (out)
Imaginary part of the LV impedance in %.
tReal (out)
Real part of the tertiary (delta) impedance in %.
tImag (out)
Imaginary part of the tertiary (delta) impedance in %.
R ETURNS
0 No error occurred.
1 An error occurred; the values are invalid.
5.6.50 VisBdia
Overview
AddObjs
AddResObjs
Clear
SetScaleY
SetXVariable
SetYVariable
AddObjs
Adds objects to elements column in table 'Bars'.
None [Link](list elements)
A RGUMENTS
elements Elements to add in table.
AddResObjs
Adds objects to elements column in table 'Bars' (similar to AddObjs). Additionally a result file is
assigned to all rows added in the 'Result File' column.
None [Link](DataObject resultFileObj,
list elements
)
A RGUMENTS
resultFileObj
The result file to assign. Must be an object of class ElmRes.
Clear
Removes all elements from plot by erasing all rows from the table named 'Bars'.
None [Link]()
SetScaleY
Sets y-axis scale limits.
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of y-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of y-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
SetXVariable
Set the x-axis Variable of the Distortion Analysis Diagram
int [Link](str variable)
A RGUMENTS
variable x-axis variable to [Link] of variable must not exceed 37 characters.
R ETURNS
0 if ok, 1 if variable length exceeds 37 characters,
SetYVariable
Set the y-axis variable of the Distortion Analysis Diagram
int [Link](str variable)
A RGUMENTS
variable y-axis variable to [Link] of variable must not exceed 37 characters.
R ETURNS
0 if ok, 1 if variable length exceeds 37 characters,
5.6.51 VisDraw
Overview
AddRelay
AddRelays
CentreOrigin
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
AddRelay
Adds a relay to the plot and sets optionally the drawing style.
None [Link](DataObject relay,
[float colour,]
[float style,]
[float width])
A RGUMENTS
relay The protection device (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
colour (optional)
The colour to be used.
style (optional)
The line style to be used.
width (optional)
The line width to be used.
AddRelays
Adds relays to the plot.
None [Link](list relays)
A RGUMENTS
relays The protection devices (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
CentreOrigin
Centre the origin of the plot
None [Link]()
Clear
Removes all protection devices from the plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local x-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
DoAutoScaleY
Scales the y-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local y-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
5.6.52 VisHrm
Overview
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
GetScaleObjX
GetScaleObjY
SetAutoScaleX
SetAutoScaleY
SetCrvDesc
SetDefScaleX
SetDefScaleY
Clear
Removes all curves by clearing table named 'Curves'.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales x-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleX() was successfull
1 Failed, because the x-scale is not local
DoAutoScaleY
Scales y-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleY() was successfull
1 Failed, because the y-scale is not local
GetScaleObjX
Gets the object used for scaling the x-axis.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
this object In case that 'Use local Axis' is set to 'Local'.
the virtual instrument panel In case that 'Use local axis' is set to 'Current Page'.
the graphics board In case that 'Use local axis' is set to 'Graphics Board'.
GetScaleObjY
Gets the object used for scaling the y-axis.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
this object In case that 'Use local Axis' is enabled.
the plot type In case that 'Use local axis' is disabled.
SetAutoScaleX
Sets Auto Scale setting of the x-scale. The scale is automatic set to local, in case that the
waveform plot is using the scale of the graphics board or the virtual instrument panel.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
SetAutoScaleY
Sets Auto Scale setting of the y-scale. The scale is automatic set to local, in case that the
waveform plot is using the scale of the plot type.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
SetCrvDesc
Sets the user defined description of a curve.
None [Link](int curveIndex, str curveDescription)
A RGUMENTS
curveIndex
Curve index; first curve in table is index 1.
curveDescription
Description to set
SetDefScaleX
Sets the x-scale to be used to the graphics board.
None [Link]()
SetDefScaleY
Sets the y-scale to be used to the plot type.
None [Link]()
5.6.53 VisMagndiffplt
Overview
AddRelay
AddRelays
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
Refresh
AddRelay
Adds a relay to the plot and optionally sets the drawing style at the same time.
None [Link](DataObject relay,
[float colour,]
[float style,]
[float width]
)
A RGUMENTS
relay Relay to be added.
colour (optional)
The colour to be used.
style (optional)
The line style to be used.
width (optional)
The line width to be used.
AddRelays
Adds relays to the plot.
None [Link](list relays)
A RGUMENTS
relays Relays to be added.
Clear
Removes all protection devices from the plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local x-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
DoAutoScaleY
Scales the y-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local y-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
Refresh
Refreshes the plot by attempting to automatically scale both axes.
None [Link]()
5.6.54 VisOcplot
Overview
AddRelay
AddRelays
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
Refresh
AddRelay
Adds one or more relays to the plot. The version for one relay can also set the drawing style at
the same time.
None [Link](DataObject relay,
[float colour,]
[float style,]
[float width]
)
A RGUMENTS
relay Protection device (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
colour (optional)
The colour to be used.
style (optional)
The line style to be used.
width (optional)
The line width to be used.
AddRelays
Adds relays to the plot.
None [Link](list relay)
A RGUMENTS
relays Protection devices (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
Clear
Removes all protection devices from the plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local x-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
DoAutoScaleY
Scales the y-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local y-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
Refresh
Refreshes the plot by attempting to automatically scale both axes.
None [Link]()
5.6.55 VisPath
Overview
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
SetAdaptX
SetAdaptY
SetScaleX
SetScaleY
Clear
Removes all curves by clearing table named 'Variables' on page 'Curves'.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales x-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Always 0
DoAutoScaleY
Scales y-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
Always 0
SetAdaptX
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the x-scale.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
SetAdaptY
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the x-scale.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
SetScaleX
Sets x-axis scale.
None [Link](float min,
float max,
)
A RGUMENTS
min Minimum of x-scale.
SetScaleY
Sets y-axis scale limits.
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min Minimum of y-scale.
max Maximum of y-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
5.6.56 VisPcompdiffplt
Overview
AddRelay
AddRelays
CentreOrigin
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
AddRelay
Adds a relay to the plot and sets optionally the drawing style.
None [Link](DataObject relay,
[float colour,]
[float style,]
[float width])
A RGUMENTS
relay The protection device (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
colour (optional)
The colour to be used.
style (optional)
The line style to be used.
width (optional)
The line width to be used.
AddRelays
Adds relays to the plot.
A RGUMENTS
relays The protection devices (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
CentreOrigin
Centre the origin of the plot
None [Link]()
Clear
Removes all protection devices from the plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local x-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
DoAutoScaleY
Scales the y-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local y-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
5.6.57 VisPlot
Overview
AddResVars
AddVars
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
GetScaleObjX
GetScaleObjY
SetAdaptX
SetAdaptY
SetAutoScaleX
SetAutoScaleY
SetCrvDesc
SetDefScaleX
SetDefScaleY
SetScaleX
SetScaleY
SetXVar
AddResVars
Appends variables to the plot. Variables which are already in the plot are not added.
None [Link](DataObject elmRes
DataObject element,
str varname
)
A RGUMENTS
elmRes Result object, classanme ElmRes
AddVars
Appends variables to the plot. Variables which are already in the plot are not added.
None [Link](DataObject element,
str varname
)
A RGUMENTS
elememt Element to add
Clear
Removes all curves from plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales x-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleX() was successfull
1 Failed, because the x-scale is not local
DoAutoScaleY
Scales y-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleY() was successfull
1 Failed, because the y-scale is not local
GetScaleObjX
Gets the object used for scaling the x-axis.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
this object In case that 'Use local Axis' is set to 'Local'.
the virtual instrument panel In case that 'Use local axis' is set to 'Current Page'.
the graphics board In case that 'Use local axis' is set to 'Graphics Board'.
GetScaleObjY
Gets the object used for scaling the y-axis.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
this object In case that 'Use local Axis' is enabled.
the plot type In case that 'Use local axis' is disabled.
SetAdaptX
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the local x-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float trigger]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
trigger (optional)
Trigger value, unused if mode is off or empty
SetAdaptY
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the local y-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float offset]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
offset (optional)
Offset value, unused if mode is off or empty
SetAutoScaleX
Sets Auto Scale setting of the x-scale. The scale is automatic set to local, in case that the plot
is using the scale of the graphics board or the virtual instrument panel.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
SetAutoScaleY
Sets Auto Scale setting of the y-scale. The scale is automatic set to local, in case that the plot
is using the scale of the plot type.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
SetCrvDesc
Sets the user defined description of a curve.
None [Link](int curveIndex, str curveDescription)
A RGUMENTS
curveIndex
Curve index; first curve in table is index 1.
curveDescription
Description to set
SetDefScaleX
Sets the x-scale to be used to the graphics board.
None [Link]()
SetDefScaleY
Sets the y-scale to be used to the plot type.
None [Link]()
SetScaleX
Sets the local x-axis scale. A function call without arguments sets the Auto Scale setting to On
without changing the scale itself.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of x-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of x-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
SetScaleY
Sets the local y-axis scale. A function call without arguments sets the Auto Scale setting to On
without changing the scale itself.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of y-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of y-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
SetXVar
Sets the local x-axis variable. If The default x-axis variable (time) is set if no argument is
passed.
None [Link]()
None [Link](DataObject obj,]
str varname
)
A RGUMENTS
obj (optional)
x-axis object
varname (optional)
variable of obj
5.6.58 VisPlot2
Overview
AddResVars
AddVars
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
DoAutoScaleY2
GetScaleObjX
GetScaleObjY
SetAdaptX
SetAdaptY
SetAutoScaleX
SetAutoScaleY
SetCrvDesc
SetDefScaleX
SetDefScaleY
SetScaleX
SetScaleY
SetXVar
ShowY2
AddResVars
Appends variables to the plot. Variables which are already in the plot are not added.
None [Link](DataObject elmRes
DataObject element,
str varname,
[int y2]
)
A RGUMENTS
elmRes Result object, classanme ElmRes
elememt Element to add
varname Variable name
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
1 y1-axis, default value
2 y2 axis
AddVars
Appends variables to the plot. Variables which are already in the plot are not added.
None [Link](DataObject element,
str varname,
[int y2]
)
A RGUMENTS
elememt Element to add
varname Variable name
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
1 y1-axis, default value
2 y2 axis
Clear
Removes variables from plot
None [Link]([int y2])
A RGUMENTS
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
1 y1-axis, default value
2 y2 axis
DoAutoScaleX
Scales x-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleX() was successfull
1 Failed, because the x-scale is not local
DoAutoScaleY
Scales y1-axis automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleY() was successfull
1 Failed, because the y-scale is not local
DoAutoScaleY2
Scales y2-axis automatically.
int VisPlot2.DoAutoScaleY2()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleY() was successfull
1 Failed, because the y-scale is not local
GetScaleObjX
Gets the object used for scaling the x-axis.
DataObject [Link]()
R ETURNS
this object In case that 'Use local Axis' is set to 'Local'.
the virtual instrument panel In case that 'Use local axis' is set to 'Current Page'.
the graphics board In case that 'Use local axis' is set to 'Graphics Board'.
GetScaleObjY
Returns used object defining y-scale. The returned object is either the plot itself or the plot type
(IntPlot).
DataObject [Link] ([int y2])
R ETURNS
this object In case that 'Use local Axis' is enabled.
the plot type In case that 'Use local axis' is disabled.
SetAdaptX
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the local x-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float trigger]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
trigger (optional)
Trigger value, unused if mode is off or empty
SetAdaptY
Sets the Adapt Scale option of the local y-scale.
None [Link](int mode,
[float offset,]
[int y2]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 off
1 on
offset (optional)
Offset value, unused if mode is off or empty
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
SetAutoScaleX
Sets Auto Scale setting of the x-scale. The scale is automatic set to local, in case that the plot
is using the scale of the graphics board or the virtual instrument panel.
None [Link](int mode)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
SetAutoScaleY
Sets automatic scaling mode of the y-scale. The axis given in the second argument is automat-
ically set to local.
None [Link] (int mode,
[int y2]
)
A RGUMENTS
mode Possible values:
0 never
1 after simulation
2 during simulation
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
SetCrvDesc
Sets the user defined description of a curve.
None [Link](int curveIndex, str curveDescription)
A RGUMENTS
curveIndex
Curve index; first curve in table is index 1.
curveDescription
Description to set
SetDefScaleX
Sets the x-scale to be used to the graphics board.
None [Link]()
SetDefScaleY
Sets the y-scale to be used to the plot type.
None [Link]([int y2])
A RGUMENTS
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
1 y1-axis, default value
2 y2 axis
SetScaleX
Sets the local x-axis scale. A function call without arguments sets the Auto Scale setting to On
without changing the scale itself.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of x-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of x-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
SetScaleY
Sets scale of y-axis. Calling the function without any argument sets the Auto Scale option for
the y axis (both share the same setting) to On.
None [Link]()
None [Link](float min,
float max,
[int log,]
[int Y2]
)
A RGUMENTS
min (optional)
Minimum of y-scale.
max (optional)
Maximum of y-scale.
log (optional)
Possible values:
0 linear
1 logarithmic
y2 (optional)
Possible values:
1 y1-axis, default value
2 y2 axis
SetXVar
Sets the local x-axis variable. If The default x-axis variable (time) is set if no argument is
passed.
None [Link]()
None [Link](DataObject obj,]
str varname
)
A RGUMENTS
obj (optional)
x-axis object
varname (optional)
variable of obj
ShowY2
Enables or disables the y2 axis.
None VisPlot2.ShowY2([int show])
A RGUMENTS
show (optional)
Possible values:
0 hide y2 axis
1 show y2 axis (default)
5.6.59 VisPlottz
Overview
AddRelay
AddRelays
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
AddRelay
Adds a relay to the plot and sets optionally the drawing style.
None [Link](DataObject relay,
[float colour,]
[float style,]
[float width])
A RGUMENTS
relay The protection device (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
colour (optional)
The colour to be used.
style (optional)
The line style to be used.
width (optional)
The line width to be used.
AddRelays
Adds relays to the plot.
None [Link](list relays)
A RGUMENTS
relays The protection devices (ElmRelay or RelFuse) to be added.
Clear
Removes all protection devices from the plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales the x-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local x-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
DoAutoScaleY
Scales the y-axis of the plot automatically. The function works for local y-scales only. If the
x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Automatic scaling was executed.
1 An Error occurred.
5.6.60 VisVec
Overview
CentreOrigin
CentreOrigin
Centre the origin of the plot
None [Link]()
5.6.61 VisVecres
Overview
CentreOrigin
CentreOrigin
Centre the origin of the plot
None [Link]()
5.6.62 VisXyplot
Overview
Clear
DoAutoScaleX
DoAutoScaleY
SetCrvDescX
SetCrvDescY
Clear
Removes all curves from plot.
None [Link]()
DoAutoScaleX
Scales all used x-axes automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleX() was successfull
1 Failed, because the x-scales are not local
DoAutoScaleY
Scales all used y-axes automatically.
int [Link]()
R ETURNS
0 Ok, call to DoAutoScaleX() was successfull
1 Failed, because the x-scales are not local
SetCrvDescX
Sets the user defined description of a curve for the x-variable.
None [Link](int curveIndex, str curveDescription)
A RGUMENTS
curveIndex
Curve index; first curve in table is index 1.
curveDescription
Description to set
SetCrvDescY
Sets the user defined description of a curve for the y-variable.
None [Link](int curveIndex, str curveDescription)
A RGUMENTS
curveIndex
Curve index; first curve in table is index 1.
curveDescription
Description to set
425
Index
AppendCommand ResetCalculation, 20
ComTasks, 289 ResGetData, 20
AppendStudyCase ResGetDescription, 21
ComTasks, 290 ResGetFirstValidObject, 21
Application Methods, 4 ResGetFirstValidObjectVariable, 21
ActivateProject, 5 ResGetFirstValidVariable, 21
CommitTransaction, 6 ResGetIndex, 21
CreateFaultCase, 6 ResGetMax, 22
CreateProject, 6 ResGetMin, 22
ExecuteCmd, 7 ResGetNextValidObject, 22
GetActiveCalculationStr, 7 ResGetNextValidObjectVariable, 22
GetActiveNetworkVariations, 8 ResGetNextValidVariable, 22
GetActiveProject, 8 ResGetObject, 23
GetActiveScenario, 8 ResGetUnit, 23
GetActiveScenarioScheduler, 8 ResGetValueCount, 23
GetActiveStages, 9 ResGetVariable, 23
GetActiveStudyCase, 9 ResGetVariableCount, 23
GetAllUsers, 9 ResLoadData, 23
GetBorderCubicles, 9 ResReleaseData, 23
GetBrowserSelection, 10 ResSortToVariable, 24
GetCalcRelevantObjects, 10 SaveAsScenario, 24
GetClassDescription, 11 SearchObjectByForeignKey, 24
GetClassId, 11 SelectToolbox, 24
GetCurrentDiagram, 11 SetAttributeModeInternal, 25
GetCurrentScript, 11 SetInterfaceVersion, 25
GetCurrentSelection, 12 SetShowAllUsers, 25
GetCurrentUser, 12 SetWriteCacheEnabled, 26
GetCurrentZoomScaleLevel, 12 Show, 26
GetDataFolder, 12 SplitLine, 26
GetDiagramSelection, 13 StatFileGetXrange, 27
GetFlowOrientation, 13 StatFileResetXrange, 27
GetFromStudyCase, 14 StatFileSetXrange, 27
GetGlobalLibrary, 14 WriteChangesToDb, 27
GetGraphicsBoard, 14 Apply
GetInterfaceVersion, 14 ElmBmu, 78
GetLanguage, 15 IntOutage, 353
GetLocalLibrary, 15 IntScenario, 367
GetProjectFolder, 15 IntSubset, 377
GetRecordingStage, 16 ApplyAll
GetSettings, 16 IntOutage, 353
GetSummaryGrid, 16 ApplyAndResetRA
GetUserManager, 16 ElmSubstat, 123
Hide, 17 ApplyNetworkState
IsAttributeModeInternal, 17 IntCase, 331
IsLdfValid, 17 ApplySelective
IsRmsValid, 17 IntScenario, 367
IsScenarioAttribute, 17 IntSubset, 377
IsShcValid, 18 ApplyStudyTime
IsSimValid, 18 IntCase, 331
IsWriteCacheEnabled, 18 Archive
LoadProfile, 18 IntPrj, 357
MarkInGraphics, 19 AreDistParamsPossible
OutputFlexibleData, 19 ElmLne, 93
PostCommand, 20 AssumeCompensationFactor
Rebuild, 20 RelZpol, 385
ReloadProfile, 20 AssumeReRl
ShowEditDialog, 67 GetAttributeType
ShowModalSelectTree, 67 General Object Methods, 49
SwitchOff, 68 GetAttributeUnit
SwitchOn, 68 General Object Methods, 49
WriteChangesToDb, 69 GetAvailableButtons
Get SetTboxconfig, 314
IntMat, 346 GetAvailableGenPower
IntVec, 381 ElmAsm, 71
SetFilt, 307 ElmAsmsc, 74
GetActiveCalculationStr ElmGenstat, 89
Application Methods, 7 ElmPvsys, 102
GetActiveModule ElmSym, 128
ComAddon, 236 GetBbOrder
GetActiveNetworkVariations ElmBbone, 76
Application Methods, 8 GetBlockedSwitches
GetActiveProject ComShctrace, 280
Application Methods, 8 GetBorderCubicles
GetActiveScenario Application Methods, 9
Application Methods, 8 GetBranch
GetActiveScenarioScheduler StaCubic, 156
Application Methods, 8 GetBranches
GetActiveScheduler ElmArea, 70
IntScheme, 373 ElmFeeder, 86
GetActiveStages ElmZone, 154
Application Methods, 9 GetBrowserSelection
GetActiveStudyCase Application Methods, 10
Application Methods, 9 GetBuses
GetAll ElmArea, 70
ComNmink, 266 ElmFeeder, 86
ElmArea, 70 ElmZone, 154
ElmFeeder, 86 GetBusType
ElmZone, 154 ElmTerm, 131
IntDataset, 341 GetCalcRelevantCubicles
SetSelect, 314 ElmTerm, 131
StaCubic, 156 GetCalcRelevantObjects
GetAllUsers Application Methods, 10
Application Methods, 9 GetCalcRX
GetApplication ElmRelay, 104
Module Functions, 2 GetCheckSum
GetApplicationExt BlkDef, 321
Module Functions, 2 GetChildren
GetApplicationSecured General Object Methods, 50
Module Functions, 3 GetClassDescription
GetApplicationSecuredExt Application Methods, 11
Module Functions, 3 GetClassId
GetAttribute Application Methods, 11
General Object Methods, 47 GetClassName
GetAttributeDescription General Object Methods, 50
General Object Methods, 48 GetColumnLabel
GetAttributeEnumerationType IntMat, 346
CimModel, 323 GetCombinedProjectSource
CimObject, 327 General Object Methods, 50
GetAttributeLength GetCompleteBbPath
General Object Methods, 48 ElmBbone, 76
GetAttributeShape GetConnectedBranches
General Object Methods, 48 ComUcteexp, 293
ElmGndswt, 92 GetLocalLibrary
ElmNec, 99 Application Methods, 15
ElmPvsys, 102 GetMaxFdetectCalcI
ElmShnt, 121 ElmRelay, 104
ElmSym, 129 GetMaxNumIterations
ElmTr2, 137 ComGenrelinc, 252
ElmTr3, 140 GetMeanCs
ElmTr4, 145 ElmBbone, 77
ElmVoltreg, 151 GetMeaValue
ElmXnet, 152 StaExtbrkmea, 159
GetGroups StaExtcmdmea, 164
IntUserman, 381 StaExtdatmea, 169
GetHistoricalProject StaExtfmea, 174
IntVersion, 384 StaExtfuelmea, 179
GetImpedance StaExtimea, 184
General Object Methods, 53 StaExtpfmea, 189
GetInom StaExtpmea, 194
General Object Methods, 53 StaExtqmea, 199
GetInputParameterDouble StaExttapmea, 209
ComDpl, 248 StaExtv3mea, 214
ComPython, 271 StaExtvmea, 219
GetInputParameterInt GetMechTorque
ComDpl, 248 ElmAsm, 73
ComPython, 271 GetMinCs
GetInputParameterString ElmBbone, 77
ComDpl, 249 GetMinDistance
ComPython, 272 ElmTerm, 133
GetInstallationDirectory GetModification
File System Functions, 28 ComMerge, 261
GetInstallDir GetModificationResult
File System Functions, 28 ComMerge, 262
GetInterfaceVersion GetModifiedObjects
Application Methods, 14 ComImport, 253
GetInterior ComMerge, 262
ElmBoundary, 80 GetMotorConnections
GetInterruptedPowerAndCustomersForStage ComMot, 265
ComContingency, 241 GetMotorStartingFlag
GetInterruptedPowerAndCustomersForTimeStep ElmAsm, 73
ComContingency, 241 ElmSym, 129
GetIthr GetMotorSwitch
ElmLne, 95 ComMot, 265
GetLanguage GetMotorTerminal
Application Methods, 15 ComMot, 265
GetLatestVersion GetNearestBusbars
IntPrj, 359 StaCubic, 157
GetLimit GetNextHVBus
ScnFreq, 386 ElmTerm, 133
ScnFrt, 388 GetNextValidObject
ScnSpeed, 389 ElmRes, 114
ScnSync, 391 GetNextValidObjectVariable
ScnVar, 393 ElmRes, 116
ScnVolt, 394 GetNextValidVariable
GetLineCable ElmRes, 116
ElmCabsys, 81 GetNode
GetLoadEvent General Object Methods, 54
ComContingency, 242 GetNodeName
Merge SetOutputWindowState, 41
ComMerge, 263 Output Window Methods, 42
Migrate Clear, 42
IntPrj, 360 GetContent, 42
Min Print, 42
IntVec, 382 Save, 43
Module Functions, 2 SetState, 43
GetApplication, 2 OutputFlexibleData
GetApplicationExt, 2 Application Methods, 19
GetApplicationSecured, 3 OverwriteRA
GetApplicationSecuredExt, 3 ElmSubstat, 126
ModuleExists OvlAlleviate
ComAddon, 236 ComRel3, 274
Move
General Object Methods, 64 Pack
MoveToLayer BlkDef, 321
IntGrf, 343 PackAsMacro
Multiply BlkDef, 321
IntMat, 348 PasteCopy
General Object Methods, 64
NCol PostCommand
ElmRes, 116 Application Methods, 20
IntComtrade, 335 Print
IntComtradeset, 338 Output Window Methods, 42
IntMat, 347 PrintAllVal
Network Elements Methods, 69 IntMon, 352
NewStage PrintCheckResults
IntScheme, 373 ComLdf, 257
NextStepAvailable PrintComparisonReport
ComShctrace, 282 ComMerge, 263
NRow PrintError
ElmRes, 116 Output Window Functions, 40
IntComtrade, 335 PrintInfo
IntComtradeset, 339 Output Window Functions, 40
IntMat, 347 PrintModifications
NTap ComMerge, 263
ElmTr2, 140 IntSstage, 376
ElmTr3, 144 PrintPlain
ElmTr4, 148 Output Window Functions, 41
ElmVoltreg, 152 PrintVal
NVars IntMon, 352
IntMon, 352 PrintWarn
Output Window Functions, 41
Object Methods, 44 Purge
Open IntPrj, 361
ElmCoup, 84 IntUser, 379
ElmGndswt, 93 SetTboxconfig, 315
StaSwitch, 225 PurgeUnusedObjects
Other Objects Methods, 320 General Object Methods, 65
Output Window Functions, 40
ClearOutputWindow, 40 QuickAccessAvailable
GetOutputWindow, 40 ComUcteexp, 295
PrintError, 40
PrintInfo, 40 ReadValue
PrintPlain, 41 IntSstage, 376
PrintWarn, 41 Rebuild
Application Methods, 20